7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 1/176
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 2/176
Birkhäuser
Basel.
Boston.
Berlin
Patrick R. Girard
Quaternions,Clifford Algebras and
Relativistic Physics
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 3/176
Author:
Patrick R. GirardINSA de LyonDépartement Premier Cycle
20, avenue Albert EinsteinF-69621 Villeurbanne CedexFrancee-mail: [email protected]
2000 Mathematical Subject Classification: 15A66, 20G20, 30G35, 35Q75, 78A25, 83A05, 83C05, 83C10
Igor Ya. Subbotin
Department of Mathematics and Natural Sciences
National UniversityLos Angeles Campus
Los Angeles, CA 90045
USA
e-mail: [email protected]
Library of Congress Control Number: 2006939566
Bibliographic information published by Die Deutsche Bibliothek Die Deutsche Bibliothek lists this publication in the Deutsche Nationalbibliografie;detailed bibliographic data is available in the Internet at <http://dnb.ddb.de>.
ISBN 978-3-7643-7790-8 Birkhäuser Verlag AG, Basel – Boston – Berlin
This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved, whether the whole or part of the material isconcerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, re-use of illustrations, recitation, broad-
casting, reproduction on microfilms or in other ways, and storage in data banks. For any kind of usepermission of the copyright owner must be obtained.
Originally published in French under the title “Quaternions, algèbre de Clifford et physique relativiste”.© 2004 Presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, Lausanne
All rights reserved
© 2007 Birkhäuser Verlag AG, P.O. Box 133, CH-4010 Basel, SwitzerlandPart of Springer Science+Business MediaPrinted on acid-free paper produced from chlorine-free pulp. TCFPrinted in GermanyISBN-10: 3-7643-7790-8 e-ISBN-10: 3-7643-7791-7ISBN-13: 978-3-7643-7790-8 e-ISBN-13: 978-3-7643-7791-5
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 www.birkhauser.ch
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 4/176
To Isabelle, my wife, and to our children: Claire, Beatrice, Thomas and Benoıt
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 5/176
Foreword
The use of Clifford algebra in mathematical physics and engineering has grownrapidly in recent years. Clifford had shown in 1878 the equivalence of two ap-
proaches to Clifford algebras: a geometrical one based on the work of Grassmannand an algebraic one using tensor products of quaternion algebras H. Recent de-velopments have favored the geometric approach (geometric algebra ) leading to analgebra (space-time algebra ) complexified by the algebra H ⊗ H presented belowand thus distinct from it. The book proposes to use the algebraic approach andto define the Clifford algebra intrinsically, independently of any particular matrixrepresentation, as a tensor product of quaternion algebras or as a subalgebra of such a product. The quaternion group thus appears as a fundamental structure of physics.
One of the main objectives of the book is to provide a pedagogical introduc-
tion to this new calculus, starting from the quaternion group, with applications tophysics. The volume is intended for professors, researchers and students in physicsand engineering, interested in the use of this new quaternionic Clifford calculus.
The book presents the main concepts in the domain of, in particular, thequaternion algebra H, complex quaternions H(C), the Clifford algebra H ⊗ Hreal and complex, the multivector calculus and the symmetry groups: SO(3),the Lorentz group, the unitary group SU(4) and the symplectic unitary groupUSp(2,H). Among the applications in physics, we examine in particular, specialrelativity, classical electromagnetism and general relativity.
I want to thank G. Casanova for having confirmed the validity of the interiorand exterior products used in this book, F. Sommen for a confirmation of theClifford theorem and A. Solomon for having attracted my attention, many yearsago, to the quaternion formulation of the symplectic unitary group.
Further thanks go to Professor Bernard Balland for reading the manuscript,the Docinsa library, the computer center and my colleagues: M.-P. Noutary foradvice concerning Mathematica , G. Travin and A. Valentin for their help in Latex.
For having initiated the project of this book in a conversation, I want tothank the Presses Polytechniques et Universitaires Romandes, in particular, P.-F.
Pittet and O. Babel.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 6/176
viii Foreword
Finally, for the publication of the english translation, I want to thank ThomasHempfling at Birkhauser.
Lyon, June 2006Patrick R. Girard
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 7/176
Contents
Introduction 1
1 Quaternions 31.1 Group structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.2 Finite groups of order n ≤ 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.3 Quaternion group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.4 Quaternion algebra H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.4.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.4.2 Polar form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111.4.3 Square root and nth root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111.4.4 Other functions and representations of quaternions . . . . . 14
1.5 Classical vector calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.5.1 Scalar product and vector product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151.5.2 Triple scalar and double vector products . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.6 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2 Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3) 192.1 Orthogonal groups O(4) and SO(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192.2 Orthogonal groups O(3) and SO(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222.3 Crystallographic groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3.1 Double cyclic groups C n (order N = 2n) . . . . . . . . . . . 242.3.2 Double dihedral groups Dn (N = 4n) . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3.3 Double tetrahedral group (N = 24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252.3.4 Double octahedral group (N = 48) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262.3.5 Double icosahedral group (N = 120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.4 Infinitesimal transformations of SO(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282.5 Symmetries and invariants: Kepler’s problem . . . . . . . . . . . . 322.6 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
3 Complex quaternions 373.1 Algebra of complex quaternions H(C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373.2 Lorentz groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.2.1 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 8/176
x Contents
3.2.2 Plane symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383.2.3 Groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.3 Orthochronous, proper Lorentz group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.3.1 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413.3.2 Infinitesimal transformations of SO(1, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.4 Four-vectors and multivectors in H(C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443.5 Relativistic kinematics via H(C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.5.1 Special Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473.5.2 General pure Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483.5.3 Composition of velocities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.6 Maxwell’s equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.7 Group of conformal transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523.8 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4 Clifford algebra 574.1 Clifford algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.1.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574.1.2 Clifford algebra H⊗H over R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.2 Multivector calculus within H⊗H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.2.1 Exterior and interior products with a vector . . . . . . . . . 594.2.2 Products of two multivectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614.2.3 General formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624.2.4 Classical vector calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.3 Multivector geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644.3.1 Analytic geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644.3.2 Orthogonal projections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
4.4 Differential operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694.4.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694.4.2 Infinitesimal elements of curves, surfaces and hypersurfaces 694.4.3 General theorems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.5 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5 Symmetry groups 755.1 Pseudo-orthogonal groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.1.1 Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755.1.2 Symmetry with respect to a hyperplane . . . . . . . . . . . 755.1.3 Pseudo-orthogonal groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3) . . . . . . . 77
5.2 Proper orthochronous Lorentz group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785.2.1 Rotation group SO(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785.2.2 Pure Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795.2.3 General Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.3 Group of conformal transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825.3.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.3.2 Properties of conformal transformations . . . . . . . . . . . 83
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 9/176
Contents xi
5.3.3 Transformation of multivectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845.4 Dirac algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.4.1 Dirac equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
5.4.2 Unitary and symplectic unitary groups . . . . . . . . . . . . 865.5 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6 Special relativity 916.1 Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.1.1 Special Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916.1.2 Physical consequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926.1.3 General Lorentz transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.2 Relativistic kinematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946.2.1 Four-vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.2.2 Addition of velocities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976.3 Relativistic dynamics of a point mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996.3.1 Four-momentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996.3.2 Four-force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
6.4 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7 Classical electromagnetism 1057.1 Electromagnetic quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.1.1 Four-current density and four-potential . . . . . . . . . . . 1057.1.2 Electromagnetic field bivector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
7.2 Maxwell’s equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.2.1 Differential formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.2.2 Integral formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157.2.3 Lorentz force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
7.3 Electromagnetic waves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187.3.1 Electromagnetic waves in vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187.3.2 Electromagnetic waves in a conductor . . . . . . . . . . . . 1197.3.3 Electromagnetic waves in a perfect medium . . . . . . . . . 120
7.4 Relativistic optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217.4.1 Fizeau experiment (1851) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7.4.2 Doppler effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237.4.3 Aberration of distant stars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247.5 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
8 General relativity 1278.1 Riemannian space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1278.2 Einstein’s equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1288.3 Equation of motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298.4 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
8.4.1 Schwarzschild metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
8.4.2 Linear approximation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 10/176
xii Contents
Conclusion 135
A Solutions 137
B Formulary: multivector products within H(C) 153
C Formulary: multivector products within H⊗H (overR) 157
D Formulary: four-nabla operator ∇ within H⊗H (overR) 161
E Work-sheet: H(C) (Mathematica) 163
F Work-sheet H⊗H over R (Mathematica) 165
G Work-sheet: matrices M 2
(H
) (Mathematica) 167H Clifford algebras: isomorphisms 169
I Clifford algebras: synoptic table 171
Bibliography 173
Index 177
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 11/176
Introduction
If one examines the mathematical tools used in physics, one finds essentially threecalculi: the classical vector calculus, the tensor calculus and the spinor calculus.The three-dimensional vector calculus is used in nonrelativistic physics and also
in classical electromagnetism which is a relativistic theory. This calculus, however,cannot describe the unity of the electromagnetic field and its relativistic features.As an example, a phenomenon as simple as the creation of a magnetic induc-tion by a wire with a current is in fact a purely relativistic effect. A satisfactorytreatment of classical electromagnetism, special relativity and general relativityis given by the tensor calculus. Yet, the tensor calculus does not allow a doublerepresentation of the Lorentz group and thus seems incompatible with relativisticquantum mechanics. A third calculus is then introduced, the spinor calculus, toformulate relativistic quantum mechanics. The set of mathematical tools used inphysics thus appears as a succession of more or less coherent formalisms. Is it
possible to introduce more coherence and unity in this set? The answer seems toreside in the use of Clifford algebra. One of the major benefits of Clifford alge-bras is that they yield a simple representation of the main covariance groups of physics: the rotation group SO(3), the Lorentz group, the unitary and symplecticunitary groups. Concerning SO(3), this is well known, since the quaternion algebraH which is a Clifford algebra (with two generators) allows an excellent representa-tion of that group . The Clifford algebra H⊗H, the elements of which are simplyquaternions having quaternions as coefficients, allows us to do the same for theLorentz group. One shall notice that H⊗H is defined intrinsically independentlyof any particular matrix representation. By taking H⊗H (over C), one obtains the
Dirac algebra and a simple representation of SU(4) and USp(2,
H). Computationswithin these algebras have become straightforward with software like Mathemat-
ica which allows us to perform extended algebraic computations and to simplifythem. One will find as appendices, worksheets which allow easy programming of the algebraic (or numerical) calculi presented here. One of the main objectives of this book is to show the interest in the use of Clifford algebra H⊗H in relativisticphysics with applications such as classical electromagnetism, special relativity andgeneral relativity.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 12/176
Chapter 1
Quaternions
The abstract quaternion group, discovered by William Rowan Hamilton in 1843, isan illustration of group structure. After having defined this fundamental conceptof physics, the chapter examines as examples the finite groups of order n ≤ 8 andin particular, the quaternion group. Then the quaternion algebra and the classicalvector calculus are treated as an application.
1.1 Group structure
A set G of elements is a group if there exists an internal composition law ∗ definedfor all elements and satisfying the following properties:
1. the law is associative
(a ∗ b) ∗ c = a ∗ (b ∗ c), ∀a,b,c ∈ G,
2. the law admits an identity element e
a ∗ e = e ∗ a = a, ∀a ∈ G,
3. any element a of G has an inverse a
a
∗ a = a ∗ a
= e.
Let F and G be two groups. A composition law on F × G is defined by
(f 1, g1)(f 2, g2) = (f 1f 2, g1g2), (f i ∈ F, gi ∈ G, i = 1, 2);
the group F × G is called the direct product of the groups F and G.
Examples. 1. Cyclic group C n of order n the elements of which are
(b, b2, b3, . . . , bn = e)
and where b represents, for example, a rotation of 2π/n around an axis.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 13/176
4 Chapter 1. Quaternions
2. Dihedral group Dn of order 2n generated by two elements a and b such that
a2 = bn = (ab)2 = e.
One has in particular b−ha = abh (h = 1 · · ·n); indeed, since
(ab)−1 = b−1a−1 = b−1a = ab,
one hasb−1(b−1a)b = b−2ab = b−1ab2 = ab3
and thus b−2a = ab2; by proceeding similarly by recurrence, one establishesthe above formula.
1.2 Finite groups of order n ≤ 8
The finite groups of order n ≤ 8, except the quaternion group which will be treatedseparately, are the following.
1. n = 1, there exists only one group (1 = e).
2. n = 2, only one group exists, the cyclic group C 2 consisting of the elements(b, b2 = e).
Examples. (a) the group constituted by the elements (−1, 1);
(b) the group having the elements (b : rotation of ±π around an axis,b2 = e).
3. n = 3, only one group is possible: the cyclic group C 3 of elements (b, b2,b3 = e) where b, b2 are elements of order 3.
4. n = 4, two groups exist:
(a) the cyclic group C 4 constituted by the elements (b, b2, b3, b4 = e) wherethe element b2 is of order 2, and where (b, b3) are elements of order 4;
(b) the Klein four-group defined by
I 2 = J 2 = (IJ )2 = 1
or, equivalently I 2 = J 2 = K 2 = IJK = 1 with K = IJ and themultiplication table
1 I J K
1 1 I J K I I 1 K J J J K 1 I
K K J I 1 .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 14/176
1.2. Finite groups of order n ≤ 8 5
The Klein four-group is isomorphic to the direct product of two cyclicgroups C 2,
(−1, 1)× (b, b2 = e)=
1 ≡ (1, b2), I ≡ (1, b), J ≡ (−1, b), K ≡ (−1, b2)
.
Example. The group constituted by the elements (I : rotation of πaround the axis Ox, J : rotation of π around the axis Oy, K = IJ :rotation of π around the axis Oz).
5. n = 5, there exists only one group, the cyclic group C 5 having the elements(b, b2, b3, b4, b5 = e).
6. n = 6, two groups are possible:
(a) the cyclic group C 6 (b, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6 = e);
(b) the dihedral group D3 defined by the relations
a2 = b3 = (ab)2 = e,
leading to the multiplication table
b b2 b3 = e a ab ba
b b2 e b ba a abb2 e b b2 ab ba ab3 = e b b2 e a ab baa ab ba a e b b2
ab ba a ab b2 e bba b ab ba b b2 e
with b−h
a = abh
(h = 1, 2, 3). This group is the first noncommutativegroup of the series.Example. The symmetry group of the equilateral triangle (see Fig. 1.1).
7. n = 7, there exists only one group, the cyclic group C 7 of elements (b, b2, b3,b4, b5, b6, b7 = e).
8. n = 8, there exist five groups, among them the quaternion group which willbe treated separately.
(a) The cyclic group C 8 of elements (b, b
2
, b
3
, b
4
, b
5
, b
6
, b
7
, b
8
= e).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 15/176
6 Chapter 1. Quaternions
ab(M )
M
a(M )b(M )
ba(M )
b2(M )
y
xOz
B
AC
D
Figure 1.1: Symmetry group of the equilateral triangle; b represents a rotation of the point M by 2π/3 around the axis Oz, a a symmetry of M in the plane ABC with respect to the mediatrice CD and M an arbitrary point of the triangle.
(b) The group S 2×2×2, direct product of the Klein four-group with C 2,
(1, I , J , K )
×(1,
−1) = (
±1,
±I,
±J,
±K )
with 1 = (1, 1), −1 = (1,−1), ±I = (I,±1), ±J = (J,±1), ±K =(K,±1) ; the multiplication table is given by
1 −1 I −I J −J K −K
1 1 −1 I −I J −J K −K −1 −1 1 −I I −J J −K K
I I −I 1 −1 K −K J −J −I −I I −1 1 −K K −J J
J J −J K −K 1 −1 I −I
−J −J J −K K −1 1 −I I K K −K J −J I −I 1 −1−K −K K −J J −I I −1 1
;
the group is commutative.
(c) the group S 4×2, direct product of C 4 with C 2 and constituted by theelements
(b, b2, b3, b4 = e) × (1,−1) = (±b,±b2,±b3,±1);
it is a commutative group.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 16/176
1.3. Quaternion group 7
(d) The group D4 (noncommutative) defined by
a2 = b4 = (ab)2 = e
with the multiplication table
b b2 b3 b4 = e a ab ba ab2
b b2 b3 e b ba a ab2 abb2 b3 e b b2 ab2 ba ab ab3 e b b2 b3 ab ab2 a bab4 = e b b2 b3 e a ab ba ab2
a ab ab2 ba a e b b3 b2
ab ab2 ba a ab b3 e b2 b
ba a ab b
2
ba b b
2
e b
3
ab2 ab a ab ab2 b2 b3 b e
and b−ha = abh (h = 1, 2, 3, 4).Example. The symmetry group of the square (see Fig. 1.2).
M
a(M )
b(M )
ab(M )
ba(M )
b2(M )
ab2(M )
b3(M )
y
xOz
A
BC
D
Figure 1.2: Symmetry group of the square; b is a rotation of π/2 around the axisOz, a a symmetry with respect to the axis Ox in the plane ABCD and M anarbitrary point of the square.
1.3 Quaternion group
The quaternion group (denoted Q) was discovered by William Rowan Hamilton
in 1843 and is constituted by the eight elements ±1, ±i, ± j, ±k satisfying the
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 17/176
8 Chapter 1. Quaternions
relations
i2 = j2 = k2 = ij k = −1,
ij = − ji = k, jk = −kj = i,
ki = −ik = j,
with the multiplication table
1 −1 i −i j − j k −k
1 1 −1 i −i j − j k −k−1 −1 1 −i i − j j −k k
i i −
i −
1 1 k −
k −
j j−i −i i 1 −1 −k k j − j
j j − j −k k −1 1 i −i− j − j j k −k 1 −1 −i i
k k −k j − j −i i −1 1−k −k k − j j i −i 1 −1
the element of the first column being the first element to be multiplied and 1 beingthe identity element. The element −1 is of order 2 (i.e., its square is equal to 1)and the elements (±i, ± j,±k) are of order 4. The subgroups of Q are
(1)(1,−1)
(1,−1, i,−i)
(1,−1, j,− j)
(1,−1, k,−k).
1.4 Quaternion algebra H
1.4.1 DefinitionsConsider the vector space of numbers called quaternions a, b, . . . constituted byfour real numbers
a = a0 + a1i + a2 j + a3k
= (a0, a1, a2, a3)
= (a0, a) = (a0, a)
where S (a) = a0 is the scalar part and V (a) = a = a the vectorial part. This
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 18/176
1.4. Quaternion algebra H 9
vector space is transformed into the associative algebra of quaternions (denotedH) via the multiplication
ab = (a0b0 − a1b1 − a2b2 − a3b3)+ (a0b1 + a1b0 + a2b3 − a3b2)i
+ (a0b2 + a2b0 + a3b1 − a1b3) j
+ (a0b3 + a3b0 + a1b2 − a2b1)k
and in a more condensed form
ab = (a0b0 − a · b, a0b + b0a + a× b)
where a · b = (a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3) and a× b = (a2b3 − a3b2)i + (a3b1 − a1b3) j +
(a1b2 − a2b1)k are respectively the usual scalar and vector products. Historically,these two products were obtained by W. J. Gibbs [17] by taking a0 = b0 = 0 andby separating the quaternion product in two parts.
The quaternion algebra constitutes a noncommutative field (without divisorsof zero) containing R and C as particular cases. Let a = a0 + a1i + a2 j + a3k be aquaternion, the conjugate of a, the square of its norm and its norm are respectively
ac = a0 − a1i − a2 j − a3k,
|a|2 = aac = a20 + a21 + a22 + a2
3,
|a| = |a|2,
with the following properties(ab)c = bcac,
|ab|2 = |a|2 |b|2 ,
the last relation deriving from (ab)cab = bcacab = (aac)(bbc) ; furthermore,
S (ab) = S (ba)
thus S [a (bc)] = S [(bc) a] = S [b (ca)] = S [(ca) b] and therefore
S (abc) = S (bca) = S (cab) ,
a−1 = acaac
,
a−12 =
acaac
a
aac
=
1
|a|2 ,
(a1a2
· · ·an)
−1=
(a1a2 · · · an)c
|a1a2 · · · an|2 = a−1
n a−1n−1
· · ·a−11 .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 19/176
10 Chapter 1. Quaternions
To divide a quaternion a by the quaternion b (= 0), one simply has to resolve theequation
xb = a or by = a
with the respective solutions
x = ab−1 = a bc
|b|2 ,
y = b−1a = bca
|b|2
and the relation |x| = |y| = |a||b| .
Examples. Consider the quaternions a = 2 + 4i − 3 j + k and b = 5 − 2i + j − 3k;
1. the vectorial parts a, b and the conjugates ac, bc are
a = 4i − 3 j + k, b = −2i + j − 3k,
ac = 2 − 4i + 3 j − k, bc = 5 + 2i − j + 3k;
2. the norms are given by
|a| = √
aac =√
30,
|b| =
bbc =√
39;
3. the inverses are
a−1
= ac
|a|2 = 2−
4i + 3 j−
k
30 ,
b−1 = bc
|b|2 = 5 + 2i − j + 3k
39 ;
4. one can realize the following operations
a + b = 7 + 2i − 2 j − 2k,
a − b = −3 + 6i − 4 j + 4k,
ab = 24 + 24i− 3 j − 3k, |ab| =√
1170,
ba = 24 + 8i − 23 j + k, |ba| = √ 1170,
(ab)−1 = (ab)c
|ab|2 = b−1a−1 = 4
195 − 4i
195 +
j
390 +
k
390,
xa = b, x = ba−1 = (−2
15 − 8i
15 +
9 j
10 − 13k
30 ),
ay = b, y = a−1b = (−2
15 − 16i
15 +
7 j
30 − 3k
10),
S (x) = S (y), |x| = |y| = 13
10.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 20/176
1.4. Quaternion algebra H 11
1.4.2 Polar form
Any nonzero quaternion can be written
a = a0 + a1i + a2 j + a3k= r(cos θ + u sin θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π
with r = |a| =
a20 + a21 + a22 + a23 being the norm of a and
cos θ = a0
r , sin θ =
±
a21 + a22 + a2
3
r ,
cot θ = ± a0|a| , tan θ = ±|a|
a0;
the unit vector u (uuc = 1) is given by
u = ±(a1i + a2 j + a3k)
a21 + a22 + a23
with a21 + a22 + a2
3 = 0. Since u2 = −1, one has via the De Moivre theorem
an = rn(cos nθ + u sin nθ).
Example. Consider the quaternion a; let us determine its polar form
a = 3 + i + j + k,
|a| =√
12 = 2√
3, |a| =√
3,
tan θ = |a|
a0=
1√ 3
, θ = 30,
Answer: a = 2√
3
cos30 +
i + j + k√
3
sin 30
.
1.4.3 Square root and nth root
Square root
The square root of a quaternion a = a0 + a1i + a2 j + a3k can be obtained alge-braically as follows. The equation b2 = a with b = b0 + b1i + b2 j + b3k leads to thefollowing equations
b20 − b21 − b22 − b23 = a0 (1.1)
2b0b1 = a1, sgn(b0b1) = sgn(a1), (1.2)
2b0b2 = a2, sgn(b0b2) = sgn(a2), (1.3)
2b0b3 = a3, sgn(b0b3) = sgn(a3). (1.4)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 21/176
12 Chapter 1. Quaternions
Writing t = b20 the above equation (1.1) leads to
t−
a21 + a22 + a23
4t = a
0
or
t2 − a0t − a21 + a22 + a2
3
4 = 0.
One obtains
t = b20 = a0 +
a20 + a21 + a2
2 + a232
≥ 0
−(b21 + b22 + b23) = a0 − b20 = a0 − a20 + a21 + a22 + a23
2 ,
hence
b0 = ε√
2
a20 + a2
1 + a22 + a23 + a0 (ε = ±1).
The equations (1.2), (1.3), (1.4) lead to
b20(−b21) = −a2
14 , (1.5)
b20(−b22 − b23) = −(a22 + a23)
4 , (1.6)
with
−b22 − b23 = b21 + a0 − b20
= b21 + a0 −
a20 + a21 + a2
2 + a232
.
Equation (1.6) then becomes with t = b21 and using (1.5)
a214t
t +
a0 −
a20 + a21 + a22 + a23
2
= −
a22 + a23
4
thus
t = a2
1
2
a20 + a21 + a22 + a2
3 − a0
a2
1 + a2
2 + a2
3
,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 22/176
1.4. Quaternion algebra H 13
hence b1 (one proceeds similarly for b2, b3); finally, one obtains
b0 = ε
√ 2 a20 + a2
1
+ a2
2
+ a2
3
+ a0 (ε =±
1),
b1 = ε√
2
a1 a21 + a2
2 + a23
a20 + a21 + a2
2 + a23 − a0,
b2 = ε√
2
a2 a21 + a2
2 + a23
a20 + a21 + a2
2 + a23 − a0,
b2 = ε√
2
a3 a21 + a2
2 + a23
a20 + a21 + a2
2 + a23 − a0.
Example. Consider the quaternion a = 1 + i + j + k ; find its square root b
b0 = ε√
2
√ 3, b1 = b2 = b3 =
ε√ 6
,
Answer: b = ± 1√ 2
√ 3 +
i√ 3
+ j√
3+
k√ 3
.
nth roots
The nth root of a quaternion a = r(cos ϕ +u sin ϕ), where ϕ can always be chosen
within the interval [0, π] with an appropriate choice of u
, is obtained as follows [9].1. Supposing sin ϕ = 0, the equation bn = a with b = R(cos θ+e sin θ), θ ∈ [0, π],
leads to
Rn = r, cos nθ = cos ϕ, sin nθ = sin ϕ, e = u
and thus to
R = r1
n , θ = (ϕ + 2kπ)
n (k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1);
finally, one has
b = r1
n
cos
(ϕ + 2kπ)
n + u sin
(ϕ + 2kπ)
n
(k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1).
2. When sin ϕ = 0, the vector e in b is arbitrary. If a > 0, one has ϕ = 0 andthus θ = 2πm
n (m = 0, 1, . . . , n− 1). For n = 2, one obtains θ = 0, π and thusthe real roots ±√ a. With n > 2, certain values of θ (= 0 or π) give nonreal
roots, the vector e being arbitrary. With a < 0, one has ϕ = π, θ = (2m+1)πn
(m = 0, 1, . . . , n− 1), certain values of θ = π give nonreal roots b , the vectore being arbitrary.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 23/176
14 Chapter 1. Quaternions
Example. Find the cubic root of
a = 3 + i + j + k
= 2√ 3 cos30 + (i + j + k)
√ 3 sin30
;
Answer: b =
2√
3 1
3
cos θ +
(i + j + k)√ 3
sin θ
,
θ = 10, 130, 250.
1.4.4 Other functions and representations of quaternions
The exponential ea is defined by [30]
ea = 1 + a
1! +
a2
2! +
a3
3! + · · ·
where a is an arbitrary quaternion. Furthermore, one defines
cosh a = ea + e−a
2 = 1 +
a2
2! +
a4
4! + · · · +
a2 p
(2 p)!,
sinh a = ea − e−a
2 =
a
1! +
a3
3! +
a5
5! + · · · +
a2 p+1
(2 p + 1))!,
and thus ea = cosh a + sinh a. For an arbitrary quaternion a, let U (V (a)) = u
(u2 = −1) be a unit vector, and therefore one has ua = au ; consequently, onecan define the trigonometric functions
cos a = eua + e−ua
2 = 1 − a2
2! +
a4
4! + · · · ,
sin a = eua − e−ua
2 =
a
1! − a3
3! +
a5
5! + · · · .
Example. Let a = uθ be a quaternion without a scalar part with u ∈ Vec H,u2 = −1 and θ real; one has
coshu
θ = cos θ,sinhuθ = u sin θ,
euθ = cos θ + u sin θ,
cosuθ = cosh θ,
sinuθ = u sinh θ.
In particular, if a = iθ,
cosh iθ = cos θ, sinh iθ = i sin θ,
cos iθ = cosh θ, sin iθ = i sinh θ.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 24/176
1.5. Classical vector calculus 15
One can represent a quaternion a = a0 + a1i + a2 j + a3k by a 2× 2 complexmatrix (with i being the usual complex imaginary)
A = a0 + ia3
−ia1 + a2
−ia1 − a2 a0 − ia3
or by a 4 × 4 real matrix
A =
a0 −a1 −a2 −a3a1 a0 −a3 a2a2 a3 a0 −a1a3 −a2 a1 a0
.
The differential of a product of quaternions is given by
d(ab) = (da)b + a(db), a, b ∈ H,
the order of the factors having to be respected.
1.5 Classical vector calculus
1.5.1 Scalar product and vector product
Let a, b, c ∈ Vec H, be three quaternions without a scalar part, a = a1i +a2 j +a3k,b = b1i + b2 j + b3k, c = c1i + c2 j + c3k. The norm of a is
|a| =√
aac =
a21 + a22 + a23
and
ab = ab + ba
2 +
ab − ba
2= (−a · b,a× b).
One defines respectively the scalar product and the vector product of two vectorsa, b by
(a, b) ≡ a · b = − (ab + ba)
2 = a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3,
a × b ≡ a× b = (ab − ba)
2= (a2b3 − a3b2)i + (a3b1 − a1b3) j + (a1b2 − a2b1)k,
with ab = −(a, b) + a × b. Geometrically, one has
(a, b) = |a| |b| cos α,
|a
×b
|=
|a
| |b
|sin α,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 25/176
16 Chapter 1. Quaternions
α being the angle between the two vectors a and b. Furthermore,
|ab|2 = |a|2 |b|2 = (ab)(ab)c
= [−(a, b) + a × b] [−(a, b) − a × b]= (a, b)2 − (a × b)2
= (a, b)2 + |a × b|2
which is coherent with the above geometrical expressions. One has the properties
(a, b) = (b, a),
(λa,b) = λ(a, b), λ ∈ R,
(a, b + c) = (a, b) + (a, c),
a × b = −b × a,
a × λb = λ(a × b),
a × (b + c) = a × b + a × c.
1.5.2 Triple scalar and double vector products
The triple scalar product is defined by
(a, b
×c) =
−
[a(b × c) + (b × c)a]
2= − [a(bc − cb) + (bc − cb)a]
2
and satisfies the relations
(a, b × c) = (b, c × a) = (c, a × b),
(a, b × c) = −(c, b × a)
which are established using the relations
S (abc) = S (bca) = S (cab)
and
S (abc) = S (abc)c = −S (cba) = −S (acb),
S (abc) = −S (bac).
In particular
(a × b, a) = (a × b, b) = 0
which shows that a × b is orthogonal to a and b.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 26/176
1.6. Exercises 17
To derive the expression of the double vector product a × (b × c), one canstart from
abc = a [
−(b, c) + b
×c]
= −a(b, c) − (a, b × c) + a × (b × c)
henceV (abc) = −a(b, c) + a × (b × c);
since
V (abc) = abc − (abc)c
2
= abc + cba
2
= [abc + bac
−bac
−bca + bca + cba]
2
= (ab + ba)c
2 − b(ac + ca)
2 +
(bc + cb)a
2= −(a, b)c + b(a, c) − a(b, c)
one obtainsa × (b × c) = b(a, c) − c(a, b).
Knowing that
(a × b) × c = −c × (a × b)
= −a(c, b) + b(c, a),one notices that the vector product is not associative. From the above relations,one then obtains (with a, b, c, d ∈ Vec H)
(a × b, c × d) = (a, c)(b, d) − (a, d)(b, c),
(a × b) × (c × d) = c(a × b, d) − d(a × b, c).
1.6 Exercises
E1-1 From the formulas i2 = j2 = k2 = ijk = −
1, deduce the multiplicationtable of the quaternion group knowing that the element −1 commutes with allelements of the group and that (−1)i = −i, (−1) j = − j, (−1)k = −k.E1-2 Consider the quaternions a = 1 + i, b = 4 − 3 j. Compute |a| , |b|, a−1, b−1,a + b, ab, ba. Give the polar form of a and b. Compute
√ a,√
b, a1/3.E1-3 Solve in x ∈ H, the equation ax + xb = c (a,b,c ∈ H, aac = bbc).N.A. : a = 2i, b = j , c = k, determine x.E1-4 Solve in x ∈ H, the equation axb + cxd = e (a,b,c,d,e ∈ H).N.A. : a = 2i, b = j , c = k, d = i, e = 3k. Find x.E1-5 Solve in x ∈ H, the equation x2 = xa + bx (a, b ∈ H).N.A. : a =
−2 j, b =
−k, determine x.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 27/176
Chapter 2
Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
In this chapter, the formulas of the rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3) are es-tablished from orthogonal symmetries. The crystallographic groups and Kepler’sproblem are then examined as applications of these groups.
2.1 Orthogonal groups O(4) and SO(4)
Consider two elements of a four-dimensional vector space x = x0 + x1i + x2 j + x3k,y = y0 + y1i + y2 j + y3k ∈ H, and the scalar product
(x, x) = xxc = x2
0 + x2
1 + x2
2 + x2
3.
One deduces from it
(x + y, x + y) = (x, x) + (y, y) + (x, y) + (y, x)
and postulating the relation (x, y) = (y, x), one obtains
(x, y) = 1
2 [(x + y, x + y) − (x, x) − (y, y)]
= 1
2 [(x + y)(x + y)c − xxc − yyc]
= 1
2 (xyc + yxc)
= x0y0 + x1y1 + x2y2 + x3y3.
Two quaternions x, y are orthogonal if (x, y) = 0; a quaternion is unitary if (x, x) =1. A hyperplane is defined by the relation (a, x) = 0 where a is a quaternionperpendicular to the hyperplane. The expression of a plane symmetry is obtainedas follows.
Definition 2.1.1. The symmetric x of x with respect to a hyperplane is obtainedby drawing from x the perpendicular down to the hyperplane and by extending
this perpendicular line by an equal length [11].
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 28/176
20 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
We shall assume that the hyperplanes go through the origin. The vectorx − x is perpendicular to the hyperplane (and thus parallel to a) and (x + x)/2is perpendicular to a. Hence, the relations
x = x + λa, λ ∈ R,a,
x + x
2
= 0;
one then deduces a, x +
λa
2
= 0, λ =
−2(a, x)
(a, a) ,
x = x − 2(a, x)a
(a, a)
= x − (axc + xac)a
aac
= −axca
aac.
Theorem 2.1.2. Any rotation of O(n) is the product of an even number ≤ n of
symmetries; any inversion is the product of an odd number ≤ n of symmetries
[11].
A rotation is a proper transformation of a determinant equal to 1; an inversionis an improper transformation of a determinant equal to
−1. In combining, in an
even number, plane symmetries
x = −mxcm,
with mmc = 1, one obtains the rotation group SO(4),
x = axb,
with a, b ∈ H and aac = bbc = 1. By including the inversions (odd number of symmetries) the expression of which are
x
= −axcb
with a, b ∈ H and aac = bbc = 1, one obtains the orthogonal group O(4) with sixparameters. This group, by definition, conserves the scalar product; indeed, forSO(4),
(x, y) = 1
2 [xyc + yxc]
= 1
2 [axbbcyac + aybbcxac]
= (x, y)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 29/176
2.1. Orthogonal groups O(4) and SO(4) 21
and for the improper rotations
(x, y) = 1
2 [xyc + yxc]
= 12
[axcbbcyac + aycbbcxac]
= (x, y).
Any rotation of SO(4) can be written as a combination of a rotation of SO(3),examined below,
x = rxrc, rrc = 1
and a transformation
x = axa, a ∈ H, aac = 1.
It is sufficient to resolve the equation
x = f xg = arxrca (or raxarc)
with f = ar, g = rca and rrc = aac = 1. Writing the relations ([15], [16])
2a2 = 2f g,
a2f g = (f g)2,
a2(f g)c = 1,
and adding, one obtains
a2 [2 + f g + (f g)c] = (1 + f g)2;
hence, the solution
a = ±(1 + f g)
|(1 + f g| .
The rotation is given by
r = acf
= ± (1 + gcf c) f
|(1 + f g|= ±(f + gc)|(1 + f g| .
One verifies that one has indeed the relations aac = rrc = 1. One solves similarlythe equations f = ra, g = arc with the solutions
a = ±(1 + gf )
|(1 + gf | ,
r = ±(f + gc)
|(1 + gf | ,
with |(1 + f g| = |(1 + gf | since S (gf ) = S (f g).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 30/176
22 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
2.2 Orthogonal groups O(3) and SO(3)
Consider the vectors x = x1i + x2 j + x3k, x = x1
i + x2 j + x
3k ∈ H, constituting
a subvectorspace of H. A plane symmetry, in this subspace, is a particular case of the preceeding one and is expressed by
x = −axca
= axcac
with a ∈ Vec H, aac = 1, ac = −a. The improper rotations (odd number ≤ 3 of plane symmetries) are given by
x = f xcf c
with f ∈ H, f f c = 1 and one has xxc = xxc. The SO(3) group is the set of properrotations (even number ≤ 3 of symmetries). In combining two symmetries, oneobtains
x = −axca,
x = −bxc b,
hence
x
= (bac)x(acb)= rxrc
with r (= bac) ∈ H, rc = abc = acb, rrc = 1. The unitary quaternion r can beexpressed in the form
r =
cos
θ
2 + u sin
θ
2
where the unit vector u (u2 = −1) is the axis of rotation (going through the origin)and θ the angle of rotation of the vector x around u (θ is taken algebraically given
the direction of u and using the right-handed screw rule). The conservation of thenorm of x results from
xxc = rxrcrxcrc = xxc.
Furthermore, if one considers the transformation
q = rqrc
with q ∈ H, one has
S (q
) = S (rqrc) = S (rcrq ) = S (q )
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 31/176
2.2. Orthogonal groups O(3) and SO(3) 23
which shows that the scalar part of the quaternion is not affected by the rotation.The set of proper and improper rotations constitute the group O(3). In developingthe formula x = rxrc with x = x ∈ Vec H, one obtains
x = x =
cos θ2
+ u sin θ2
x
cos
θ2 − u sin
θ2
= cos2 θ
2x + sin2
θ
2 [(u · x)u − (u× x)u] + u× x sin θ;
furthermore
(u× x)u = −(u× x) · u + (u× x) × u
= (u× x) × u
= x − (u · x)u;
hence, the classical formula [26, p. 165]
x = x cos θ + u(u · x)(1 − cos θ) + u× x sin θ.
In matrix form, this equation can be written x = Ax with
x =
0x1
x2
x3
, x =
0x1
x2
x3
,
A =
u
2
1+(u2
2 + u2
3)cos θ
u1u2(1 − cos θ)−u3 sin θ
u1u3(1 − cos θ)+u2 sin θ
u1u2(1 − cos θ)+u3 sin θ
u22
+(u2
1 + u2
3)cos θ
u2u3(1 − cos θ)−u1 sin θ
u1u3(1 − cos θ)−u2 sin θ
u2u3(1 − cos θ)+u1 sin θ
u23
+(u2
1 + u2
2)cos θ
;
one verifies that the matrix A is orthogonal (tA = A−1). If one combines therotation r1 and the rotation r2,
r1 =
cos α2
+ a sin α2
, r2 =
cos β
2 + b sin β
2
one obtainsr = r2r1 =
cos
γ
2 + c sin
γ
2
with
cos γ
2 = cos
α
2 cos
β
2 − (a,b)sin
α
2 sin
β
2,
c sin γ
2
= a sin α
2
cos β
2
+ b cos α
2
sin β
2 −(a
×b)sin
α
2
sin β
2
,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 32/176
24 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
which yields the Rodriguez formula
c tan γ
2
= a tan α
2 + b tan β
2 − (a× b)tan α
2 tan β
2
1 − (a,b)tan α
2 tan β
2
.
2.3 Crystallographic groups
If r belongs to a finite subgroup of real quaternions, the transformations q = rqrcwill constitute a subgroup of SO(3), with r and −r generating the same rotation.The finite subgroups of real quaternions ([48], [44]) are of five types.
2.3.1 Double cyclic groups C n (order N = 2n)
The elements of these groups are given by
r = u2h
n =
cos π
2 + u sin
π
2
2h
n
=
cos π
n + u sin
π
n
h= bh
with b = cos πn + u sin πn , the axis being oriented according to the unit vector u,
with h = 1, . . . , 2n. If the rotation axis is oriented along Oz, one simply has
r = k2h
n = cos π
2 + k sin
π
2 2h
n
=
cos π
n + k sin
π
n
h.
Example. Double group C 3 (N = 6, rotation axis along Oz); the elements of thegroup are
r = bh =
cos π
3 + k sin
π
3
h, h = 1, . . . , 6
or explicitly
b =
1
2(1 + k
√ 3), b2 =
1
2(−1 + k
√ 3), b3 = −1,
b4 = −b, b5 = −b2, b6 = 1 .
2.3.2 Double dihedral groups Dn (N = 4n)
These groups are constituted by the elements
r = u2h
n al = bhal
with
u = cos π
2 + u sin
π
2 , a = cos
π
2 + a sin
π
2 , b = u
2
n ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 33/176
2.3. Crystallographic groups 25
where u, a are two perpendicular vectors and S (au) = 0, a2 = −1, h = 1, . . . , 2n,l = 1, . . . , 4.
Examples. 1. Double group D3 (order 12)
b =
cos π
3 + k sin
π
3
=
1
2(1 + k
√ 3),
a = i, ab = 1
2(i − j
√ 3), ba =
1
2(i + j
√ 3);
the elements of the group are±b,±b2,±b3,±a,±ab,±ba
.
2. Double group D4 (order 16); writing
b = cos π
4
+ k sin π
4 , b2 = (k), b3 =
1
√ 2(
−1 + k),
a = (i), ab = 1√
2(i − j), ba =
1√ 2
(i + j),
ab2 = (− j), a2 = (−1), a3 = (−i), a4 = 1,
the group is constituted by the elements
±b, ±b2, ±b3, ±b4, ±a, ±ab, ±ba, ±ab2
.
2.3.3 Double tetrahedral group (N = 24)
This group is constitued by the 24 elements
±1, ±i, ± j, ±k,
1
2 (±1 ± i ± j ± k).
More explicitly, indicating the axes of multiple rotations, the group is com-posed of the elements
iα, jα, kα,
1 + i + j + k2
β
,
1 − i − j + k2
β
,
1 + i − j − k
2
β
,
1 − i + j − k
2
β
,
with α = 1, 2, 3, 4, β = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (N = 24).
Example. Consider the tetraeder having as vertices
i + j + k
√ 3, −i − j + k
√ 3,
i − j − k
√ 3, −i + j − k
√ 3,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 34/176
26 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
as face centers
− (i + j + k)
√ 3,
−
(−i − j + k)
√ 3,
−
(i − j − k)
√ 3,
−
(−i + j − k)
√ 3,
and as side centers
±i, ± j, ±k;
by taking for r the elements of the above group, the transformation x = rxrctransforms the tetraeder in itself.
2.3.4 Double octahedral group (N = 48)
The group is composed by the 48 elements
± 1, ±i, ± j, ±k,
1
2 (±1± i ± j ± k),
1√ 2
(±1 ± i) , 1√
2(±1 ± j) ,
1√ 2
(±1 ± k) ,
1√ 2
(±i ± j) , 1√
2(± j ± k) ,
1√ 2
(±i ± k) .
Making explicit the axes of multiple rotations, the elements of the group are1 + i√
2
α
,
1 + j√
2
α
,
1 + k√
2
α
,
1 + i + j + k
2
β
,
1 − i − j + k
2
β
,
1 + i − j − k
2
β
,
1 − i + j − k
2
β
,
j + k
√ 2 γ
, i + k
√ 2 γ
, i + j
√ 2 γ
,
j − k√
2
γ
,
−i + k√ 2
γ
,
i − j√
2
γ
,
with α = 1, . . . , 8, β = 1, . . . , 6, γ = 1, . . . , 4 (N = 48).
Example. Consider the octaeder having, in an orthonormal frame, for its 6 verticesthe coordinates ±i, ± j, ±k, and for the centers of the 8 faces
±i + j + k
√ 3,
±−i − j + k
√ 3,
±i − j − k
√ 3,
±−i + j − k
√ 3,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 35/176
2.3. Crystallographic groups 27
for the middle points of the 12 sides
± j ± k√ 2
, ± (±i + k)√ 2
, ± i ± j√ 2
.
The octaeder transforms into itself under the rotation x = rxrc, r being taken inthe double octahedral group. The same property applies to the cube (dual of theoctaeder) the 8 vertices of which are the centers of the faces of the above octaeder.
2.3.5 Double icosahedral group (N = 120)
The 120 elements of this group are
iα, jα, kα,
i + m
j + mk2
α
,
mi + j + m
k2
α
,
m
i + mj + k2
α
,
i − m j + mk
2
α
,
−mi + j − mk
2
α
,
mi − mj + k
2
α
,
i + m j − mk
2
α
,
mi + j − mk
2
α
,
−mi − mj + k
2
α
,
i − m j − mk
2
α
,
−mi + j + mk
2
α
,
−mi + mj + k
2
α
,
1 + i + j + k
2β
,1
−i−
j + k
2β
,
1 + i − j − k
2
β
,
1 − i + j − k
2
β
,
1 + mj + mk
2
β
,
1 + mi + mk
2
β
,
1 + mi + m j
2
β
,
1 + mj − mk
2
β
,
1 − mi + mk
2
β
,
1 + mi− m j
2
β
,
m + m j + k
2γ
,m + i + mk
2γ
,m + mi + j
2γ
,m + m j − k
2
γ
,
m − i + mk
2
γ
,
m + mi − j
2
γ
,
with α = 1, . . . , 4, β = 1, . . . , 6, γ = 1, . . . , 10 and
m = 1 +
√ 5
2 = 2 cos36,
m = 1 −√
5
2
=
−2cos72.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 36/176
28 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
One obtains another group, distinct from the first, by inverting m and m.
Example. Consider the icosaeder having, in an orthonormal frame, for the coor-dinates of the 12 vertices
±m j ± k
m
√ 5
, ± (±i + mk)
m
√ 5
, ±mi ± j
m
√ 5
;
for the centers of the 20 faces
± i + j + k√ 3
, ±−i − j + k√ 3
, ± i − j − k√ 3
, ±−i + j − k√ 3
,
±mj ± mk√ 3
, ± (±mi + mk)√ 3
, ±mi ± m j√ 3
;
for the middles of the 30 sides
±i, ± j, ±k, ± i ± m j ± mk
2 ,
± (±mi + j ± mk)
2 , ± (±mi ± mj + k)
2 .
The transformation x = rxrc transforms the icosaeder into itself; the same is truefor its dual, the dodecaeder (having 20 vertices, 12 faces and 30 sides) the verticesof which are the centers of the faces of the icosaeder.
The five groups (cyclic, dihedral, tetrahedral, octahedral, icosahedral) above,
combined with the rotations x
= rxrc and the parity operator x
= xc = −x,generate the set of the 32 crystallographic groups([44], [43]).
2.4 Infinitesimal transformations of SO(4)
Among the subgroups of SO(4) one has, in particular, the transformations
x = rxrc, x = axa, x = f x, x = xg
with r, a, f, g ∈ H, rrc = aac = f f c = ggc = 1, x = (x0, x) and x = (x0
,x)
∈ H
. For an infinitesimal rotation of SO(3) of dθ around the unit vector u =u1i + u2 j + u3k, one has
r =
cos
dθ
2 + u sin
dθ
2
1 + u
dθ
2
and
x = rxrc =
1 + u
dθ
2
x
1 − u
dθ
2
= x + dθ
2
(ux
−xu) = x + dθu
×x;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 37/176
2.4. Infinitesimal transformations of SO(4) 29
hencedx = x − x = dθ u× x.
In matrix notation, one obtains
dx = dθuiM ix, i ∈ (1, 2, 3)
with
x =
x0
x1
x2
x3
, x =
x0
x1
x2
x3
,
and
M 1 =
0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 −10 0 1 0
, M 2 =
0 0 0 00 0 0 10 0 0 00 −1 0 0
, M 3 =
0 0 0 00 0 −1 00 1 0 00 0 0 0
.
Introducing the commutator of two matrices A and B ,
[A, B] = AB − BA,
one verifies the relations
[M 1, M 2] = M 3,[M 1, M 3] = −M 2,
[M 2, M 3] = M 1,
or[M i, M j ] = ijkM k. (2.1)
Concerning the subgroup x = axa, with a ∈ H and aac = 1, one has for theinfinitesimal transformation
a =
cos dβ
2 + v sin dβ
2
1 + vdβ
2
;
hence
x = axa =
1 + v
dβ
2
x
1 + v
dβ
2
= x + dβ
2 (vx + xv) = x + dβ (−v · x + x0v)
and
dx = x
− x = dβ (−v·x
+ x0v
) .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 38/176
30 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
In matrix notation, one obtains
dx = dβviN ix, i ∈ (1, 2, 3)
with
x =
x0
x1
x2
x3
, x =
x0
x1
x2
x3
,
N 1 =
0 −1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0
, N 2 =
0 0 −1 00 0 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 0
, N 3 =
0 0 0 −10 0 0 00 0 0 01 0 0 0
;
the matrices N i satisfy the relations
[N 1, N 2] = M 3,
[N 1, N 3] = −M 2,
[N 2, N 3] = M 1,
or, more concisely
[N i, N j] = ijkM k (2.2)
where M i are the matrices defined previously; furthermore
[N i, M j ] = ijkN k. (2.3)
Concerning the subgroup x = f x, one obtains with f 1+ dα2 f , f = f 1i+f 2 j+f 3k
(unit vector)
dx = x − x = dα
2 [−f · x + x0f + f × x] .
In matrix notation, one has
dx = dαf iF ix
with
F 1 = 1
2
0 −1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 −10 0 1 0
, F 2 =
1
2
0 0 −1 00 0 0 11 0 0 00 −1 0 0
,
F 3 = 1
2
0 0 0 −10 0 −1 00 1 0 0
1 0 0 0
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 39/176
2.4. Infinitesimal transformations of SO(4) 31
and
[F 1, F 2] = F 3,
[F 1, F 3] = −F 2,[F 2, F 3] = F 1,
or
[F i, F j ] = ijkF k.
As to the subgroup x = xg, with g 1 + dβ2 g, one proceeds similarly and obtains
dx = x − x = dβ
2 [−g · x + x0g − g× x] .
In matrix notation,
dx = dβgiGix
with
G1 = 1
2
0 −1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 10 0 −1 0
, G2 =
1
2
0 0 −1 00 0 0 −11 0 0 00 1 0 0
,
G3 = 1
2
0 0 0 −10 0 1 00 −1 0 01 0 0 0
and
[G1, G2] = −G3,
[G1, G3] = G2,
[G2, G3] = −G1,
or
[Gi, Gj ] = −ijkGk.
Furthermore, one has
[F i, Gj ] = 0, i, j = 1, 2, 3
the matrices M i, N i, F i, Gi satisfying the relations
M i = F i−
Gi, N i = F i + Gi.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 40/176
32 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
2.5 Symmetries and invariants: Kepler’s problem
Let us consider the motion of a particle of mass m, of momentum p and gravitating
at the distance r of a mass M . The Hamiltonian is given by
H = p2
2m − k
r, k = GM m
and the equations of motion are
q i = ∂H
∂pi, ˙ pi =
−∂H
∂q i.
Let F (q i, pi, t) be a physical quantity of the motion; one has
dF dt
= ∂F ∂t
+ ∂F ∂q i
∂q i∂t
+ ∂F ∂pi
∂pi∂t
= ∂F
∂t +
∂F
∂q i
∂H i∂pi
− ∂F
∂pi
∂H
∂q i
.
Introducing Poisson’s bracket of two functions u and v
[u, v] = ∂u
∂q i
∂v
∂pi− ∂u
∂pi
∂v
∂q i
one obtainsdF dt
= ∂F ∂t
+ [F, H ] .
If [F, H ] = 0 and ∂F ∂t
= 0, one has dF dt
= 0, F is then an invariant of the motion.The angular momentum L = r × p and the Laplace-Runge-Lenz vector
A = p × L− kmr
r
satisfy the equations
[L, H ] = 0,[A, H ] = 0,
and thus are invariants. Let us consider a bound motion (with a total negativeenergy E < 0) and introduce the vector
D = A√ −2mE
with
E = p2
2m − k
r
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 41/176
2.5. Symmetries and invariants: Kepler’s problem 33
verifying the Poisson bracket [D, H ] = 0; one has the relations
[Li, Lj ] = ijkLk, (2.4)
[Di, Dj ] = ijkLk, (2.5)[Di, Lj ] = ijkDk. (2.6)
The relations (2.4), (2.5), (2.6) are respectively the same as those (2.1), (2.2),(2.3) concerning the infinitesimal transformations of SO(3) and the transformationq = aqa of SO(4), which indicates that the symmetry group of the problem isSO(4). To see it more explicitly, let us develop A in the form
A =
r
p2 − km
r
− p (p · r)
with
D = A√ −2mE = r p0 − pr0
and
p0 = p2 − km
r√ −2mE , r0 =
p · r√ −2mE .
One verifies immediately that D · L = 0; furthermore,
(L)2
= (r× p)2
= r2 p2 − (r · p)2 ,
hence
(D)2
+ (L)2
= k
2
m
2
−2mE or
H = −k2m2
2
(D)2
+ (L)2
.
Introducing two quaternions
r = (r0, r), p = ( p0,p)
and the quaternion
K = r ∧ p = 12 (rpc − prc) = (0,D− L)
one hasKK c = |0,D− L|2 = D2 + L2,
and thus
H = −k2m
2 |r ∧ p|2which shows explicitly the invariance of the Hamiltonian with respect to a trans-formation of SO(4) of the type K = aKb (a, b ∈ H, aac = bbc = 1) leading to
K
K
c = KK c.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 42/176
34 Chapter 2. Rotation groups SO(4) and SO(3)
2.6 Exercises
E2-1 From the general formula
x = rxrc, r =
cos
θ
2 + u sin
θ
2
x ∈ Vec H, give in an orthonormal direct frame the matrix representation X =AX of a rotation of angle α around the Ox axis of a point M (x,y,z), of a rotationof angle β around the Oy axis, of a rotation of angle γ around the Oz axis. Showthat the matrices are orthogonal A−1 = At, det A = 1 (At : transposed matrix of A).
E2-2 Consider the relation A = rArc where A are the components of a vector
with respect to an orthonormal frame at rest and A
its components with respect toa mobile orthonormal frame. Show that dA = rDArc where DA is the covariantdifferential with
DA = dA + dΩ × A, dΩ = 2rcdr
(dA is the differential with respect to the components only). What does
dΩ
dt = 2rc
dr
dt
represent?
E2-3 Consider the relations
A = rArc = gAgc
with
dA = rDArc = gDAgc,
DA = dA + dΩ × A (dΩ = 2rcdr),
DA = dA + dΩ
×A
(dΩ = 2gcdg)
(A represents the components of a vector with respect to an orthonormal basis atrest, A, A the components with respect to mobile orthonormal bases.). Find therelation between dΩ
and dΩ.
E2-4 Using the covariant derivative, express the velocity and the acceleration inpolar coordinates (ρ, θ) and in cylindrical coordinates (ρ,θ,z).
E2-5 Express r in the relation X = rX rc for spherical coordinates with X =xi + yj + zk and X = ρi. Determine dΩ = 2rcdr and dΩ = 2(dr)rc. Express thebasis vectors ei in the basis at rest. Find the velocity and the acceleration in the
mobile basis.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 43/176
2.6. Exercises 35
E2-6 Consider the Euler basis (O, x, y, z) obtained via the following successiverotations (Figure 2.1). A first rotation of angle α (precession angle) around ktransforms the basis i,j,k into the basis i, j, k. A second rotation of angle β
(nutation angle) around the vector i
transforms i
, j
, k
into i
, j
, k
. A thirdrotation of angle γ (proper rotation angle) around the vector k transforms thebasis i, j, k into the basis e1, e2, e3 = k. Give the quaternion r of the rotationX = rX rc. Determine
ω = 2rcdr
dt, ω = 2
dr
dtrc.
Give the components of the basis vectors ei.
x
y
z
x
y
z
α
β
γ i
j
k
ie1
e2k= e3
Figure 2.1: Euler’s angles: α is the angle of precession, β the angle of nutation andγ the angle of proper rotation.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 44/176
Chapter 3
Complex quaternions
From the very beginning of special relativity, complex quaternions have been usedto formulate that theory [45]. This chapter establishes the expression of the Lorentzgroup using complex quaternions and gives a few applications. Complex quater-nions constitute a natural transition towards the Clifford algebra H⊗H.
3.1 Algebra of complex quaternions H(C)
A complex quaternion is a quaternion a = a0 + a1i + a2 j + a3k having complexcoefficients. Such a quaternion can be represented by the matrix
A =
a0 + ia3 −ia1 + a2
−ia1 − a2 a0 − ia3
with the basis
1 = 1 0
0 1 , i = 0 −i
−i 0 , j = 0 1
−1 0 , k = i 0
0 −i
where i is the usual complex imaginary and ai ∈ C. The algebra of complexquaternions H(C) is isomorphic to 2 × 2 matrices over C and has zero divisors;indeed, the relation
(1 + ik)(1− ik) = 1− (i)2k2 = 0
shows that the product of two complex quaternions can be equal to zero without
one of the complex quaternions being equal to zero.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 45/176
38 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
3.2 Lorentz groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3)
3.2.1 Metric
With the advent of the special theory of relativity, space and time have been unitedinto a four-dimensional pseudoeuclidean spacetime with the relativistic invariant
c2t2 − x12 −
x22 −
x32
.
Minkowski had the idea of using complex quaternions
x = (ict,x1, x2, x3) = (ict + x)
with the invariant
xxc =
−c2t2 + x12 + x22 + x32 .
To get the signature (+ −−−), we shall use complex quaternions in the form
x = (ct,ix1, ix2, ix3) = (ct + ix)
which we shall call minkowskian quaternions or minquats with the invariant
xxc = c2t2 − x12 −
x22 −
x32
.
A minquat is a complex quaternion such that x∗c = x where ∗ is the complexconjugation.
3.2.2 Plane symmetry
Let us consider two minquats x = (x0+ix), y = (y0+iy) with the scalar product
xxc =
x02 −
x12 −
x22 −
x32
.
One has(x + y, x + y) = (x, x) + (y, y) + (x, y) + (y, x);
postulating the property (x, y) = (y, x) one obtains
(x, y) = 1
2 [(x + y, x + y)
−(x, x)
−(y, y)]
= 1
2 [(x + y)(x + y)c − xxc − yyc]
= 1
2(xyc + yxc)
= x0y0 − x1y1 − x2y2 − x3y3.
Two minquats x, y are said to be orthogonal if (x, y) = 0. A minquat x is timelikeif xxc > 0 and unitary if xxc = 1; a minquat x is spacelike if xxc < 0 and unitary if xxc = −1. A hyperplane is defined by the relation (a, x) = 0 where a is a minquat
perpendicular to the hyperplane.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 46/176
3.2. Lorentz groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3) 39
Definition 3.2.1. The symmetric x of x with respect to a hyperplane x is obtainedby drawing the perpendicular to the hyperplane and by extending this perpendic-ular by an equal length [11].
The hyperplanes are supposed to go through the origin. The vector x − xis perpendicular to the hyperplane and thus parallel to a; furthermore, the vector(x + x)/2 is perpendicular to a. One has the relations
x = x + λa, λ ∈ R,a,
x + x
2
= 0;
hence,
a, x + λa
2
= 0,
λ = −2(a, x)
(a, a) ,
x = x − 2(a, x)a
(a, a) = x − (axc + xac)a
aac,
x = −axca
aac.
One shall distinguish time symmetries (with aac = 1)
x = −axca
from space symmetries (aac = −1)
x = axca.
3.2.3 Groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3)
Definition 3.2.2. The pseudo-orthogonal group O(1, 3) is the group of linear oper-
ators which leave invariant the quadratic form
(x, y) = x0y0 − x1y1 − x2y2 − x3y3
with x = (x0 + ix), y = (y0 + iy).
Theorem 3.2.3. Any rotation of O(1, 3) is the product of an even number ≤ 4 of
symmetries; any inversion is the product of an odd number ≤ 4 of symmetries
[11].
A rotation is a proper transformation of a determinant equal to 1; an inversion
is an improper transformation of a determinant equal to −1.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 47/176
40 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
Proper orthochronous Lorentz transformation
Consider the transformation obtained by combining an even number of time sym-metries and an even number of space symmetries. These transformations of de-terminant equal to +1 constitute a subgroup of O(1, 3), the special orthogonalgroup SO(1, 3). Let us take for example two time symmetries (minquats f and g)followed by two space symmetries (minquats m and n). One has
x = n
m [g (f xcf )c g]c mc n
= (nmcgf c)x(f cgmcn);
writing a = nmcgf c, one obtains
ac = f gcmnc, aac = 1
a∗c = f ∗g∗cm∗n∗c
= f cgmcn;
hence, the formula is valid in the general case,
x = axa∗c
with aac = 1, a ∈ H(C).
Other Lorentz transformations
Call n the number of time symmetries and p the number of space symmetries. Incombining these symmetries, one obtains the following Lorentz transformations L:
1. n even, p odd, orthochronous, improper Lorentz transformation (det L = −1)
x = axca∗c (aac = −1);
2. n odd, p odd, antichronous, proper Lorentz transformation(det L = 1)
x = −axa∗c (aac = −1);
3. n odd, p even, antichronous, improper Lorentz transformation (det L = −1)
x = −axca∗c (aac = 1).
Group O(1, 3): summarizing table
The whole set of Lorentz transformations is given in the table below where n is
the number of time symmetries and p the number of space symmetries [49].
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 48/176
3.3. Orthochronous, proper Lorentz group 41
Rotation(det L = 1)
Inversion(det L = −1)
orthochronousn even, p even
x = axa∗c(aac = 1)
n even, p oddx = axca∗c(aac = −1)
antichronousn odd, p oddx = −axa∗c(aac = −1)
n odd, p evenx = −axca∗c
(aac = 1)
3.3 Orthochronous, proper Lorentz group
3.3.1 PropertiesThe proper orthochronous Lorentz transformation
x = axa∗c
with aac = 1, x = (ct + ix), x = (ct + ix) conserves, by definition, the norm
xxc = (axa∗c)(a∗xcac)
= xxc
and the minquat type of x
x∗c = (axa∗c)∗c = ax∗ca∗c
= axa∗c = x.
The composition of two transformations satisfies the rule
x = a2(a1xa∗1c)a∗2c= a3xa∗3c
with a3 = a2a1, a3a3c = 1, a3 ∈ H(C). A (three-dimensional) rotation is given bythe formula
x = rxrc
with r =
cos θ2 + u sin θ2
, rrc = 1, r ∈ H. A pure Lorentz transformation (without
rotation) corresponds to the transformation
x = bxb∗c
where b = cosh ϕ2 + iv sinh ϕ
2 is a minquat such that bbc = 1 and iv is a unitary
space-vector (iv
, iv
) = −1. A general transformation (proper, orthochronous) is
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 49/176
42 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
obtained by combining a rotation and a pure Lorentz transformation. This can bedone in two ways,
x = b(rxrc)b∗c ,x = r(bxb∗c)rc,
br being in general distinct from rb. Reciprocally, a general Lorentz transformationcan be decomposed into a pure Lorentz transformation and a rotation. The prob-lem simply consists to resolve the equation a = br (or rb) where b is a unitaryminquat (bbc = 1) and r a real unitary quaternion (rrc = 1). The equation a = bris solved in the following way ([15], [16]). Since
a∗c = r∗c b∗c = rcb
one obtains aa∗c = b2; let us write d = aa∗c , with ddc = aa∗ca∗ac = 1, hence, theequations
2b2 = 2d,
b2d = d2,
b2dc = 1
and their sumb2(2 + d + dc) = (1 + d)2.
The solution therefore is
b = ±(1 + d)
|1 + d|= ±(1 + aa∗c)
|1 + aa∗c |
with |1 + d| =
(1 + d)(1 + d)c. The rotation is given by
r = bca
= ±(a + a∗)
|1 + aa∗c | .
Finally, one verifies that this is indeed a solution. For the equation a = rb, onefinds in a similar way the solution
b = ±(1 + a∗ca)
|1 + a∗ca| ,
r = ±(a + a∗)
|1 + a∗ca
|
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 50/176
3.3. Orthochronous, proper Lorentz group 43
with |1 + a∗ca| = |1 + aa∗c | since S (aa∗c) = S (a∗ca). One observes that in both cases(a = br or rb) the rotation is the same. The problem of the decomposition of a Lorentz transformation into a pure Lorentz transformation and a rotation is
thus solved in the most general case. As an immediate application, consider thecombination of two pure Lorentz transformations b1, b2. The quaternion b = b2b1will in general be a complex quaternion (and not a minquat) and will be writtena = br. The resulting Lorentz transformation will thus contain a rotation; this isthe principle of the Thomas precession ([52], [51]).
3.3.2 Infinitesimal transformations of SO(1, 3)
Consider the pure Lorentz transformation
x = bxb∗c
with x = (ct + ix), x = (ct + ix), b =
cosh ϕ2
+ iv sinh ϕ2
and iv a spacelike
unitary minquat. For an infinitesimal transformation,
b
cosh dϕ
2 + iv sinh
dϕ
2
=
1 + iv
dϕ
2
,
hence
x = bxb∗c
=
1 + iv
dϕ
2
x
1 + iv
dϕ
2
= x + idϕ
2 (vx + xv) ;
consequently,
dx = x − x
= dϕ (v · x + ivx0) .
Using real matrices,
X =
x0 = ctx1
x2
x3
, X =
x0 = ct
x1
x2
x3
one can write
dX = X − X
= dϕviK iX
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 51/176
44 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
with
K 1 =
0 1 0 01 0 0 0
0 0 0 00 0 0 0
, K 2 =
0 0 1 00 0 0 0
1 0 0 00 0 0 0
, K 3 =
0 0 0 10 0 0 0
0 0 0 01 0 0 0
.
The matrices K i satisfy the relations
[K i, K j] = −ijkM k, (3.1)
[K i, M j] = ijkK k, (3.2)
where M i are the matrices defined for the infinitesimal transformations of SO(3)in Chapter 2,
M 1 =
0 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 −10 0 1 0
, M 2 =
0 0 0 00 0 0 10 0 0 00 −1 0 0
, M 3 =
0 0 0 00 0 −1 00 1 0 00 0 0 0
.
One observes that the relations (3.1) and (3.2) are those of the unbound Keplerproblem, which identifies the corresponding symmetry group as being SO(1, 3).
3.4 Four-vectors and multivectors in H(C)
Let x = (x0 + ix), y = (y0 + iy) be two four-vectors and their conjugates xc andyc; one can define the exterior product
x ∧ y = 1
2 (xyc − yxc)
=
0,(x2y3 − x3y2) + i (x1y0 − x0y1) ,
(x3y1 − x1y3) + i (x2y0 − x0y2) ,
(x1y2 − x2y1) + i (x3y0 − x0y3)
= [0, x
×y + i (y0x
−x0y)]
with x ∧ y = −y ∧ x. The resulting quaternion is of the type B = (a + ib)and is called a bivector; its real part, in the above example, gives the ordinaryvector product but its nature differs from that of a four-vector. Under a Lorentztransformation (proper, orthochronous), a bivector transforms as
B = x ∧ y = 1
2 (xyc − yxc)
= 1
2 [(axa∗c ) (a∗ycac ) − (aya∗c ) (a∗xcac )]
= aBac.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 52/176
3.4. Four-vectors and multivectors in H(C) 45
The Lorentz transformation conserves the bivector type characterized by B =−Bc,
Bc = aBcac = −aBac = −B.
Furthermore, B2 =− (a)2 + (b)2 − 2ia · b is a relativistic invariant
B2 = B B = aBacaBac = aB2ac = B2.
A trivector is a complex quaternion defined by
T = x ∧ B = 1
2 (xB∗ + Bx)
= [−ix · a + x0a + x× b] =
it0 + t
and the product B
∧x by postulating B
∧x = x
∧B. Under a proper, orthochronous
Lorentz transformation, one has
T = xB∗ + Bx
2= aT a∗c
that is, T transforms as a four-vector. Furthermore, the transformation conservesthe trivector type T ∗c = −T ,
T ∗c = aT ∗c a∗c = a(−T )a∗c
= −T ;T yields the relativistic invariant
T T c = aT a∗ca∗T cac = T T c
=
t02 −
t12 −
t22 −
t32
.
The exterior product, defined above, is associative
(x ∧ y) ∧ z = x ∧ (y ∧ z) .
Indeed,(x ∧ y) ∧ z = z ∧ (x ∧ y) (3.3)
= 1
2
z (xyc − yxc)
∗ + (xyc − yxc) z
(3.4)
= 1
2 [z (xcy − ycx) + (xyc − yxc) z] , (3.5)
x ∧ (y ∧ z) = 1
2
x (yzc − zyc)
∗ + (yzc − zyc) x
(3.6)
= 1
2
[x (ycz
−zcy) + (yzc
−zyc) z] . (3.7)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 53/176
46 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
Since (z, x)y = y(zc, xc), one deduces the equality of the two equations (3.5), (3.7)and the associativity of the exterior product. A pseudoscalar is defined by therelation
P = x ∧ T = −1
2 (xT c + T x∗)
= −1
2 (xT c + T xc)
where T is a trivector; by definition, one postulates T ∧ x = −x ∧ T . The pseu-doscalar type is a pure imaginary P = is characterized by P c = P and is invariantunder a Lorentz transformation
P = −1
2 (xT c + T xc) = aP ac = P.
Examples. Consider the basis vectors e0 = 1, e1 = ii, e2 = i j, e3 = ik; oneobtains the following table
1 i = e2 ∧ e3 j = e3 ∧ e1 k = e1 ∧ e2i = e0 ∧ e1 ∧ e2 ∧ e3 ii = e1 ∧ e0 i j = e2 ∧ e0 ik = e3 ∧ e0
1 = e0 i = e0 ∧ e2 ∧ e3 j = e0 ∧ e3 ∧ e1 k = e0 ∧ e1 ∧ e2i = e1 ∧ e3 ∧ e2 ii = e1 i j = e2 ik = e3
One observes that distinct quantities occupy identical places in the H(C)algebra, a situation which one encounters also in the tridimensional vector calculus;this problem will be solved in the Clifford algebra H ⊗ H. Besides the exteriorproducts, one can define interior products
x · y = (x, y) = 1
2 (xyc + yxc) ,
x · B = 1
2 (xB∗ − Bx) ∈ four-vector,
x · T = −1
2 (xT c − T x∗) ∈ bivector;
by definition, one supposes B · x = −x ·B, T · x = x · T . More generally, one shalldefine the interior product between two multivectors A p and Bq by [12, p. 14]
A p ·Bq = (v1 ∧ v2 · · · ∧ v p−1) · (v p · Bq) .
Hence, one sees that H(C) already allows us to develop a few notions of a mul-tivector calculus. These notions will be developed later on in the more satisfying
framework of the Clifford algebra.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 54/176
3.5. Relativistic kinematics via H(C) 47
3.5 Relativistic kinematics via H(C)
3.5.1 Special Lorentz transformation
Consider the reference frame at rest K (O,x,y,z) and the reference frameK (O, x, y, z) moving along the Ox axis with the constant velocity u (Figure3.1).
u
y
x
z
y
x
z
O O
K K
Figure 3.1: Special Lorentz transformation (pure): the axes remain parallel tothemselves and the reference frame moves along the Ox axis.
The Lorentz transformation is expressed by
X = bX b∗c (3.8)
with X = (x0 + ix) , X = (x0 + ix), b =
cosh ϕ2
+ ii sinh ϕ2
, bbc = 1,
tanh ϕ = uc
; write γ = cosh ϕ, hence
γ 2 = 1 + sinh2 ϕ = 1 + u2
c2 γ 2,
γ = 1 1− u2
c2
.
Explicitly, equation (3.8) reads
ct = γ
ct + xu
c
,
x = γ
x + ctu
c
,
y = y, z = z .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 55/176
48 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
The inverse transformation is given by X = bcXb∗ and yields
ct = γ ct− xu
c ,
x = γ
x− ct uc
,
y = y, z = z.
3.5.2 General pure Lorentz transformation
A general pure Lorentz transformation is expressed by (Figure 3.2)
X = bX b∗c
with b = cosh ϕ2
+ i uu
sinh ϕ2 , where u is the velocity (of norm u), X = (ct+ix),
X = (ct + ix), γ = 1q 1−u
2
c2
, tanh ϕ = uc . Explicitly, one obtains [26, p. 280]
ct = γ
ct +
x · uc
,
x = x + n (n · x) (γ − 1) + ctnγ u
c.
uy
x
z
y
x
z
O
O
K
K
Figure 3.2: General pure Lorentz transformation: the axes remain parallel to them-selves but the reference frame K moves in an arbitrary direction.
3.5.3 Composition of velocities
Consider two reference frames K and K with the special Lorentz transformation(Figure 3.1)
X = bX b∗c ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 56/176
3.5. Relativistic kinematics via H(C) 49
b =
cosh ϕ2 + ii sinh ϕ
2
, tanh ϕ = u
c , γ = cosh ϕ = 1q 1−u
2
c2
(ϕ constant). The
four-velocity V transforms as
V ≡ dX ds
= b dX ds
b∗c
with the relativistic invariant ds =
c2dt2 − dx2 − dy2 − dz2 ; ds can also beexpressed as
ds =
c2dt2
1− v2
c2
=
cdt
γ =
cdt
γ .
The four-velocity satisfies the relation
V V c = dX
ds
dX c
ds
= 1
and can be written in the form
V =
cosh θ + iv
v sinh θ
=
γ + iγ v
c
with tanh θ = v
c, γ = cosh θ = 1q
1− v2
c2
and v the velocity (of norm v). Consider a
particle moving along the Ox axis with a velocity v in the reference frame K ,thus V = (cosh θ1 + ii sinh θ1) with tanh θ1 = v
c . In the reference frame K , one
has with b =
cosh θ22 + ii sinh
θ22
, tanh θ2 = uc ,
V = bV b∗c= [cosh (θ1 + θ2) + ii sinh(θ1 + θ2)]
= (cosh θ + ii sinh θ)
hence, θ = θ1 + θ2 and
tanh θ = v
c =
tanh θ1 + tanh θ21 + tanh θ1 tanh θ2
=
v
c +
u
c
1 + vu
c2
;
finally
v = v + u
1 + vuc2
.
When v, u c one obtains the usual Galilean transformation. Furthermore, if v = c, one has
v = c + u
1 + uc
= c,
the velocity of light thus appears as a limit speed.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 57/176
50 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
3.6 Maxwell’s equations
Let A = (V c + iA) be the four-potential, D the relativistic four-nabla operator
D =
∂
c∂t,−i
∂
∂x1,−i
∂
∂x2,−i
∂
∂x3
=
∂
c∂t − i∇
and the conjugate operator
Dc =
∂
c∂t + i∇
.
Under a Lorentz transformation, D transforms as x = (x0 + ix),
D = aDa∗c .
To verify this, it is sufficient to use the relation
∂
∂xµ = ∂
∂xα
∂xα
∂xµ ,
to develop x = axa∗c , x = acxa∗ and to compare the coefficients. Adopting the
Lorentz gauge(D, A) =
1
c2∂V
∂t + divA = 0
one obtains the electromagnetic field bivector
F = DcA = (D, A) + (D ∧ A)
= (D ∧A) =
−B +
iE
c
.
Under a special Lorentz transformation, the bivector F transforms as
F = bF bc
with b =
cosh ϕ2 − ii sinh ϕ
2
, tanh ϕ = v
c, γ = cosh ϕ, which yields the standard
equationsBx = Bx, E x = E x,
By = γ
By +
E yv
c2
, E y = γ (E y − vBz) ,
Bz = γ Bz
− E yv
c2 , E z = γ (E z + vBy) .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 58/176
3.6. Maxwell’s equations 51
Furthermore, one has the relativistic invariant
F F c = B2
− E2
c2 + 2i
E ·Bc
.
The exterior product
D ∧ F = D ∧ D ∧ A = 0
=
−i divB , −∂ B
c∂t − rotE
c
gives two of the Maxwell’s equations
divB = 0, rotE = −∂ B
∂t .
Introducing the four-current density C = (ρc,i j), the equation
D · F = DF ∗ − F D
2
=
div(E
c , i
rotB − 1
c2∂ E
∂t
= µ0C
gives the two other Maxwell’s equations (in vacuum)
divE = ρ
0, rotH = j +
∂ D
∂t
with 0µ0c2 = 1. Furthermore,
DF ∗ = D · F + D ∧ F
= D(DAc)∗ = DDcA
= A = µ0C
where
= ∂ 2
c2∂t2 − ∂ 2
∂ (x1)2 − ∂ 2
∂ (x2)2 − ∂ 2
∂ (x3)2
is the d’Alembertian. Hence, the equations
∂ 2V
c2∂t2 − V =
ρ
0,
∂ 2A
c
2
∂t
2
− A = µ0 j.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 59/176
52 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
The entire set of Maxwell’s equations (in vacuum) can therefore be written
DF ∗ = µ0C
=
divE
c − i divB
+i
rotB− 1
c2∂ E
∂t
−
∂ B
c∂t +
rotE
c
= µ0(ρc + i j).
The interior product
F · C = −C · F
= j ·E
c + iρ (E + v ∧B)
= f
gives the volumic four-force (of Minkowski).
3.7 Group of conformal transformations
The group of conformal transformations is the group of transformations x = f (x)(x, x being minquats) such that dxdxc = 0 entails dxdxc = 0. This group includesspacetime translations, Lorentz transformations, dilatations
x = x + d,
x = axa∗c ,
x = λx
(d ∈ minquat, a ∈ H(C), aac = 1, λ ∈ R) and the transformations
x = (1 + xac)−1 x (3.9)
= x (1 + acx)−1
(3.10)
= x + a(x, x)1 + 2(a, x) + (a, a)(x, x)
(3.11)
with a respective number of parameters of 4, 6, 1, 4 for a total of 15 parameters.The interest of this group in physics comes from the fact that Maxwell’s equations(without sources) are covariant with respect to this transformation group. Thetransformations (3.11) can also be expressed in the form
(x)−1
= x−1 (1 + xac) ,
(x)−1
= x−1 + ac ;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 60/176
3.7. Group of conformal transformations 53
the inverse transformation results from
x−1 = (x)−1 − ac
= (x)−1 [1 − xac]
and thus
x = (1− xac)−1
x.
The composition of two transformations gives
(x)−1
= x−1 + ac,
(x)−1
= (x)−1
+ bc
= x−1
+ ac + bc= x−1 + cc
with c = a + b and thus belongs indeed to the group; if one permutes the twotransformations, one obtains the same resulting transformation. As properties,one has
xacx = xacx, (3.12)
|dx
|2
= |x|2
|x|2 |dx|2 , (3.13)
|x|2 = |x|2|1 + xac|2
, (3.14)
dx = (1 + xac)−1 dx (1 + acx)
−1 . (3.15)
Equation (3.12) results from
x = (1 + xac)−1 x = x(1 + acx)−1,
(1 + xac) x = x = x(1 + acx)
which entails the relation. Furthermore,
x = (1 + xac)x,
xxc = (1 + xac) xxc (1 + axc) ,
and thus
|x|2 = |x|2|1 + xac|2
.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 61/176
54 Chapter 3. Complex quaternions
Equation (3.13) which shows that the transformation is indeed a conformal trans-formation can be established as follows. Differentiating the relation qq −1 = qq −1 =1, where q is a complex quaternion, one obtains
d
q −1
q + q −1dq = 0,
d
q −1
= −q −1dqq −1;
hence
d
x−1
= − x−1
dx
x−1
or d
x−1
= d
x−1
, consequently
x−1
dx x−1
= x−1
dxx−1,
xcdxxc(xxc)2
= xcdxxc(xxc)2
.
By multiplying with the conjugate equation
xdxcx
(xxc)2 =
xdxcx
(xxc)2
one obtains equation (3.13)
dxdxc
(xxc)2 =
dxdxc
(xxc)2 .
To obtain equation (3.15), one differentiates the equation
x = x (1 + acx)−1 ,
dx = dx (1 + acx)−1 − x (1 + acx)
−1 [d (1 + acx)] (1 + acx)−1 ,
=
dx− x (1 + xca) acdx
(1 + acx) (1 + xca)
(1 + acx)
−1 ,
= (1 + axc)dx (1 + acx)
−1
(1 + acx) (1 + xca) ,
= (1 + xac)−1 dx(1 + acx)−1.
3.8 Exercises
E3-1 Express the matrices
e1 = 1 0
0 0 , e2 = 0 0
0 1
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 62/176
3.8. Exercises 55
using complex quaternions. Verify the relations e2i = ei, e1 + e2 = 1, e1e2 = e2e1 =0. Take ∀a ∈ H(C), give the expression of the modules u = ae1, v = e1a.
E3-2 Consider the complex quaternions
x = 1 + ii + (2 + i) j + k
y = 2 + 3ik;
compute x + y, xy, yx, x2, y2, x−1, y−1, y−1x−1, (xy)−1.
E3-3 Consider the general Lorentz transformation
X = aX a∗c ,
a = 1
4 3 + ii√
5− i j√
15 + k3√
3with aac = 1. Determine the rotation ri and the pure Lorentz transformation bisuch that a = b1r1 = r2b2 with
X = b1r1X (b1r1)∗c = b1 (r1X r1c) b∗1c
orX = r2 (b2Xb∗2c) r2c.
E3-4 Consider the minquats
x = 1 + i (i + j) , y = 2 + ik,
z = 3 + i j, w = 3ii + i j + ik.
Compute x · y, B = x ∧ y, B = z ∧ w, T = x ∧ (y ∧ z), T = (x ∧ y) ∧ z, B · z,w · T , B ∧B, B · B, B · T .
E3-5 Let K (O,t,x,y,z) be a reference frame at rest and K (O, t, x, y, z) a
reference frame moving along the Ox axis with a constant velocity v = 3√ 5
7 c. Write
the Lorentz transformation X = bX b∗c and give b. A particle is located at the point
X = (0, i, i, 0) of K and has a velocity v
c = 1√
7 in the direction Oy; find its
four-position and its four-velocity in the reference frame K . Let E E x, E y, E z
be the electric field in the reference frame K ; determine the electromagnetic fieldin K .
E3-6 Consider a square ABCD of center 0 in the plane z = 0 and having its ver-tices located at the points A(0, 1,−1, 0), B(0, 1, 1, 0), C (0,−1, 1, 0), D(0,−1,−1, 0).Determine the transform of this square under the conformal transformation
x = (1 + xac)−1 x with a = ik.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 63/176
Chapter 4
Clifford algebra
Clifford having demonstrated that the Clifford algebra is isomorphic to a tensorproduct of quaternion algebras or to a subalgebra thereof, this chapter developswithin H ⊗ H the multivector calculus, multivectorial geometry and differentialoperators.
4.1 Clifford algebra
4.1.1 Definitions
The Clifford algebra C n over R is an associative algebra having n generators
e0, e1, . . . , en−1 such that
e2i = ±1, eiej = −ejei (i = j).
C + is the subalgebra constituted by products of an even number of ei. Cliffordalgebras are directly related to the quaternion algebra via the following theorem([13],[14]).
Theorem 4.1.1 (Clifford, 1878). If n = 2m ( m integer), the Clifford algebra C 2mis the tensor product of m quaternion algebras. If n = 2m− 1, the Clifford algebra C 2m−1 is the tensor product of m − 1 quaternion algebras and the algebra (1, ω)where ω is the product of the 2m generators ( ω = e0e1 · · · e2m−1) of the algebra C 2m .
The tensor product of the algebras A and B is defined as follows [8, p. 57].Consider two algebras A and B with x, y ∈ A and u, v ∈ B; the tensor productA⊗ B is defined by the relation
(x ⊗ u) (y ⊗ v) = (xy) ⊗ (uv) .
Example (C⊗C). A general element of C⊗C is given by
A = (a + ib) ⊗ (f + ig)
= (af
) 1 ⊗ 1 + (bf
)i
⊗ 1 + (ag
) 1 ⊗i
+ (bg
)i
⊗i
;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 64/176
58 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
write 1 = 1⊗ 1, i = i⊗ 1, I = 1⊗ i, iI = I i = i⊗ i, one then has with I 2 = −1,
A = (af + bf i) + I (ag + bgi)
= (α1 + Iα2).
The general element of C⊗C can thus be expressed as a complex number havingcomplex coefficients, the imaginary I commuting with i.
4.1.2 Clifford algebra H⊗H over R
The general element of the tensor product of two quaternion algebras H is ex-pressed by
A = (a0 + ia1 + ja2 + ka3)⊗ (b0 + ib1 + jb2 + kb3)
=
a0b01 ⊗ 1 + a0b11 ⊗ i + a0b21 ⊗ j + a0b31 ⊗ k,
a1b0i ⊗ 1 + a1b1i⊗ i + a1b2i ⊗ j + a1b3i ⊗ k,
a2b0 j ⊗ 1 + a2b1 j ⊗ i + a2b2 j ⊗ j + a2b3 j ⊗ k,a3b0k ⊗ 1 + a3b1k ⊗ i + a3b2k ⊗ j + a3b3k ⊗ k
;
let us write i = i ⊗ 1, j = j ⊗ 1, k = k ⊗ 1, I = 1 ⊗ i, J = 1 ⊗ j, K = 1 ⊗ k with
i2 = j2 = k2 = ij k = −1,
I 2 = J 2 = K 2 = I JK = −1.
The general element A can thus be written
A = α0 + α1I + α2J + α3K
where the coefficients αi = di + iai + j bi + kci are quaternions and where thelowercase i, j, k commute with the capital I , J, K (iJ = J i, etc.). The element A
is called a Clifford number and constitutes simply a quaternion having quaternionsas coeffficients. Concisely, one can write
A = (α0;α)
with α = α1I + α2J + α3K , αi ∈ H. The product of two Clifford numbers is givenby
(α0;α)(β 0;β) =
α0β 0 − α1β 1 − α2β 2 − α3β 3;α0β 1 + α1β 0 + α2β 3 − α3β 2,α0β 2 + α2β 0 + α3β 1 − α1β 3,
α0β 3 + α3β 0 + α1β 2 − α2β 1
and in a more compact notation
(α0;α
)(β 0;β
) = [α0
β 0 −
α·β
;α0β
+αβ
0 +α×β
]
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 65/176
4.2. Multivector calculus within H⊗H 59
where α · β, α × β are the ordinary scalar and vector products; the order of theterms has to be respected, the product of two quaternions being noncommutative.The generators of the Clifford algebra are
e0 ≡ j, e1 ≡ kI, e2 ≡ kJ, e3 ≡ kK
with e20 = −1, e21 = e22 = e23 = 1 and eiej = −ejei (i = j ). A complete basis of thealgebra is given in the following table.
1 I = e3e2 J = e1e3 K = e2e1i = e0e1e2e3 iI = e0e1 iJ = e0e2 iK = e0e3
j = e0 jI = e0e3e2 jJ = e0e1e3 jK = e0e2e1k = e1e2e3 kI = e1 kJ = e2 kK = e3
A Clifford number can be written in the form [54]
A = (a + ib + jc + kd;m + in + jr + ks)
with m = m1I + m2J + m3K and similarly for n, r and s. The Clifford algebracontains scalars a, pseudoscalars ib, vectors (four-dimensional) jc + ks, bivectorsm + in and trivectors kd + jr. The conjugate of A is defined by transformingI, J, K into −I,−J,−K and j into − j, hence
Ac = (
a+
ib−
jc+
kd;−m−
in+
jr−
ks)
with
(AB)c = BcAc.
The dual of A is defined by
A∗ = iA
and the commutator of two Clifford numbers by
[A, B] = 1
2
(AB − BA) .
4.2 Multivector calculus within H⊗H
4.2.1 Exterior and interior products with a vector
The product having been defined in the Clifford algebra, the interior and exteriorproducts of two vectors x = jx0 + kx (x = x1I + x2J + x3K ), y = j y0 + ky canbe defined by the general formula [37]
xy =
λx·
y +
µx∧
y
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 66/176
60 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
where λ, µ are two nonzero coefficients. Adopting the choice λ = µ = −1, one has
xy = −(x · y + x ∧ y),
yx = −(y · x + y ∧ x);
postulating a priori the relations x · y = y · x and x ∧ y = −y ∧ x one obtains
2x · y = −(xy + yx),
2x ∧ y = −(xy − yx).
Explicitly, the formulas read
x · y = x0y0 − x1y1 − x2y2 − x3y3 ∈ S (scalar),
x ∧ y =
x
2
y
3
− x
3
y
2I +
x
3
y
1
− x
1
y
3J +
x
1
y
2
− x
2
y
1K
+
x1y0 − x0y1
iI +
x2y0 − x0y2
iJ +
x3y0 − x0y3
iK
=x× y + i
xy0 − x0y
∈ B
with xc = −x, Bc = −B for a bivector B. The products of a vector with amultivector A p = v1 ∧ v2 ∧ · · · ∧ v p are then defined by
2x · A p = (−1) p [xA p − (−1) pA px] ,
2x ∧ A p = (−1) p [xA p + (−1) pA px]
and
A p · x ≡ (−1) px · A p,
A p ∧ x ≡ (−1) px ∧ A p.
The above formulas yield for a trivector (with x = jx0 + kx, B = a + ib)
T = x ∧ B = 1
2(xB + Bx)
=
(−a · x) k + j
x0a + x× b
with B ∧ x = x ∧ B and T c = T . One verifies that the exterior product is indeedassociative
(x ∧ y) ∧ z = x ∧ (y ∧ z) ;
one has,
(x ∧ y) ∧ z = z ∧ (x ∧ y)
= −1
2 [z(xy − yx) + (xy − yx)z] , (4.1)
x ∧ (y ∧ z) = −1
2
[x(yz − zy) + (yz − zy)x] . (4.2)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 67/176
4.2. Multivector calculus within H⊗H 61
Since (z, x)y = y(z, x), i.e.,
(zx + xz)y = y(zx + xz),
one verifies the equality of the equations (4.1), (4.2) and thus the associativity. Apseudoscalar is defined by (with T = kt0 + jt, x = jx0 + kx)
P = x ∧ T = −1
2(xT − T x)
= −
x0t0 + x · t
i
with T ∧ x ≡ −x ∧ T and P c = P . As examples, let us express the standard basisin terms of the exterior product:
1 I = e2 ∧ e3 J = e3 ∧ e1 K = e1 ∧ e2
i = e0 ∧ e1 ∧ e2 ∧ e3 iI = e1 ∧ e0 iJ = e2 ∧ e0 iK = e3 ∧ e0 j = e0 jI = e0 ∧ e2 ∧ e3 jJ = e0 ∧ e3 ∧ e1 jK = e0 ∧ e1 ∧ e2
k = e1 ∧ e3 ∧ e2 kI = e1 kJ = e2 kK = e3
The interior products between a vector and a multivector are given by the formulas(with x = jx0 + kx, B = a + ib, T = kt0 + jt, P = is)
x · B = 1
2(xB − Bx)
= (−b · x) j + k −x0b + x× a ∈ V,
x · T = −12
(xT + T x)
=
x0t + t0x
+ i (x× t)∈ B,
x · P = 1
2(xP − P x)
=−ksx0 + j (sx)
∈ T
with
B · x ≡ −x · B,
T · x ≡ x · T,
P · x ≡ −x · P.
4.2.2 Products of two multivectors
The products of two multivectors A p = v1∧v2∧· · ·∧v p and Bq = w1∧w2∧· · ·∧w p
are defined [12] for p ≤ q , by
A p · Bq ≡ (v1 ∧ v2 ∧ · · · ∧ v p−1) · (v p · Bq),
A p ∧ Bq ≡ v1 ∧ (v2 ∧ · · · ∧ v p) ∧Bq
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 68/176
62 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
withA p · Bq = (−1) p(q+1)Bq · A p
which defines Bq · A p for q ≥ p. For products of multivectors one obtains, with
S, P designating respectively the scalar and pseudoscalar parts of the multivectorwith B = a + ib, B = a + ib, T = ks0 + js, T = ks0 + js, P = iw, P = iw,
B · B = S
1
2(BB + BB)
= [−a · a + b · b] ∈ S,
B ∧ B = P
1
2(BB + BB)
= i [−b · a − a · b] ∈ P,
T · T = −1
2(T T + T T )
= s0s0 − s1s1 − s2s2 − s3s3 ∈ S,
B · P = 1
2(BP + P B)
= (−sb + isa) ∈ B,
T · P = 1
2(T P − P T )
= jws0 − kws
∈ V,
P · P = 1
2(P P + P P )
= −ww ∈ S.
4.2.3 General formulas
Among general formulas, one has
x · (y ∧ z) = (x · y)z − (x · z)y, (4.3)
x · (y ∧ z) + y · (z ∧ x) + z · (x ∧ y) = 0, (4.4)
(x ∧ y) · B = x · (y · B) = −y · (x · B), (4.5)
(x ∧ y) · (z ∧ w) = (x · w)(y · z)− (x · z)(y · w), (4.6)
(B · T ) · V = (B ∧ V ) · T, (4.7)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 69/176
4.2. Multivector calculus within H⊗H 63
the Jacobi identity
0 = [F, [G, H ]] + [G, [H, F ]] + [H, [F, G]] , (4.8)
(x · B1) · B2 = B1 · (B2 · x) + x · [B1, B2] , (4.9)with x, y , z , w being (four-)vectors, B, B1, B2 bivectors, T a trivector and F, G, H any Clifford numbers; the equations (4.4), (4.6), (4.9) are respectively consequencesof equations (4.3), (4.5), (4.8). To establish equation (4.3), one just needs to writefor any bivector B, 2x · B = (xB − Bx), hence
4x · (y ∧ z) = [−x(yz − zy) + (yz − zy)x] ;
furthermore,
4(x · y)z = − [(xy + yx)z + z(xy + yx)] ,
−4(x · z)y = [(xz + zx)y + y(xz + zx)] ;
adding the two last equations, one verifies equation (4.3). Equation (4.5) simplyresults from
(x ∧ y) · B ≡ x · (y · B)
= −(y ∧ x) · B
= −y · (x · B);
in particular,
(x ∧ y) · (x ∧ y) = (x · y)2
− (x · x)(y · y).To prove equation (4.7), one writes
2B · T = (BT + T B),
4(B · T ) · V = − [(BT + T B)V + V (BT + T B)] ,
2B ∧ V = 2V ∧ B = V B + BV,
4(B ∧ V ) · T = − [(V B + BV )T + T (V B + BV )] ;
or B(T V − V T ) = (T V − V T )B because T V − V T is a pseudoscalar whichcommutes with B, hence the equation. The Jacobi identity results from
[A,BC ] = 1
2 (ABC − BC A)
= 1
2 [(AB − BA) C + (BAC − BC A)]
= [A, B] C + B [A, C ] ,
[A,CB] = [A, C ] B + C [A, B] ,
[A, [B, C ]] = 1
2[A, B] C + B [A, C ] − [A, C ] B − C [A, B]
= [[A, B] , C ] + [B, [A, C ]]
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 70/176
64 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
hence, the equation
[A, [B, C ]] + [B, [C, A]] + [C, [A, B]] = 0.
4.2.4 Classical vector calculus
The link with the classical vector calculus is obtained as follows. Let x = kx,y = ky, z = kz, w = kw be four vectors without a temporal component, oneobtains the relations
x · (y ∧ z) = k [x× (y × z)] ∈ V,
x ∧ (y ∧ z) = −k [x · (y × z)] ∈ T,
(x ∧ y) · (z ∧w) = −(x× y) · (z×w),
(x ∧ y) · (x ∧ y) = (x · y)2
− (x · x)(y · y),= (x · y)
2 − (x · x) (y · y) ,
= −(x× y) · (x× y) ∈ S,
[x ∧ y, z ∧ w] = (x× y) × (z×w) ∈ B.
The entire classical vector calculus thus constitutes a particular case of the mul-tivector calculus.
4.3 Multivector geometry
4.3.1 Analytic geometry
Straight line
In the space of four dimensions, the equation of a straight line parallel to thevector u = j u0 + ku and going through the point a = j a0 + ka is given by
(x − a) ∧ u = 0
with the immediate solution
x− a = λu,x = λu + a (λ ∈ R)
constituting the parametric equation of the straight line.
Plane
Let u, v be two linearly independent vectors and B = u ∧ v the correspondingplane; the equation of a plane parallel to B and going through the point a isexpressed by
(x−
a) ∧ (
u∧
v) = 0
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 71/176
4.3. Multivector geometry 65
with the solution
x − a = λu + µv,
x = λu + µv + a (λ, µ ∈ R)
giving the parametric equation of the plane parallel to B. A vector n is perpen-dicular to the plane B = u ∧ v if n is perpendicular to u and v (n · u = n · v = 0);for any vector x one has
x · (u ∧ v) = (x · u)v − (x · v)u
hencen · B = 0.
Furthermore, one remarks that the vector x · (u ∧ v) is perpendicular to x,
(x · B) · x = (x · u)(v · x) − (x · v)(u · x)
= 0.
A plane B1 = x ∧ y is perpendicular to a plane B2 = u ∧ v if the vectors x, y areperpendicular to the vectors u, v (x ·u = y ·u = x · v = y · v = 0); from the generalformula
(x ∧ y) · (u ∧ v) = (x · v)(y · u)− (x · u)(y · v)
one obtains the orthogonality condition of two planes
B1 · B2 = 0.
In particular, the dual of a plane B∗ = iB is perpendicular to that plane
B∗ · B = 0.
Hyperplane
A hyperplane is a subvector space of dimensions p = n − 1 = 3 (for n = 4). LetT = u ∧ v ∧ w be a trivector (hyperplane), the equation of a hyperplane parallelto T and going through the point a is given by
(x − a) ∧ T = 0 (4.10)
with the solution
x − a = λu + µv + γw,
x = λu + µv + γw + a (λ,µ,γ ∈ R)
giving the parametric equation of the hyperplane. Explicitly, equation (4.10) reads(with T = kt0 + jt, x = jx0 + kx, a = j a0 + ka)
t0x0
+ t1x1
+ t2x2
+ t3x3
− (a0t0
+a·t
) = 0
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 72/176
66 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
which is indeed the equation of a hyperplane. A vector n is perpendicular to thehyperplane T = u∧v∧w if n is perpendicular to u, v, w (n ·u = n · v = n ·w = 0).From the general formula
n · (u ∧ v ∧w) = (n · u)(v ∧ w) + (n · v)(w ∧ u) + (n · w)(u ∧ w)
one deducesn · T = 0. (4.11)
If n is the dual of T , n = T ∗ = iT , one finds (with T = kt0 + jt, T ∗ = − jt0 + kt)
T ∗ · T = −1
2 (T ∗T + T T ∗) = 0;
the dual of a hyperplane is thus perpendicular to that hyperplane. A plane B =x∧ y is perpendicular to the hyperplane T = u ∧ v ∧w if x, y are perpendicular to
the hyperplane, hence
T · B = B · T = (x ∧ y) · T (4.12)
≡ x ∧ (y · T ) = −y ∧ (x · T ) = 0. (4.13)
4.3.2 Orthogonal projections
Orthogonal projection of a vector on a vector
Let u = u+u⊥ be the vector to project on the vector a with u⊥ ·a = 0, u∧a = 0;since
ua = −u · a − u ∧ a
one obtains
ua = −u · a = −u · a,
u⊥a = −u⊥ ∧ a = −u ∧ a,
u = −(u · a)a−1,
u⊥ = −(u ∧ a)a−1.
Orthogonal projection of a vector on a plane
Let u = u+u⊥ be the vector and let us represent the plane by a bivector B = a∧b
(with u⊥ · B = 0, u ∧B = 0); since
uB = u · B + u ∧ B,
Bu = B · u + u ∧ B,
one obtains
u = (u · B)B−1 = B−1(B · u),
u⊥ = (u ∧ B)B−1 = B−1(u ∧B).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 73/176
4.3. Multivector geometry 67
Orthogonal projection of a vector on a hyperplane
Let T be the hyperplane u = u + u⊥ with u⊥ · T = 0, u ∧ T = 0; one has
uT = −u · T − u ∧ T,
T u = −u · T + u ∧ T,
hence
uT = −u · T, T u = −u · T,
u⊥T = −u ∧ T, T u⊥ = u ∧ T,
and finally
u = −(u · T )T −1 = −T −1(u · T ), (4.14)
u⊥ = −(u ∧ T )T −1 = T −1(u ∧ T ). (4.15)
Orthogonal projection of a bivector on a plane
Let B1 = B1 + B1⊥ be the bivector and B2 = a ∧ b the plane with B1⊥ ·B2 = 0,
B1 ∧ B2 = 0 and
B1, B2
= 0; using the formula
B1B2 = B1 · B2 + B1 ∧ B2 + [B1, B2] ,
one obtains
B1 = (B1 · B2)B−12 ,
B1⊥ = (B1 ∧ B2) + [B1, B2]B−12 .
Example. Take B1 = x ∧ y (with x = j x0 + kx, y = j y0 + ky) and let us projecton the plane x1x2, i.e., the plane B2 = K (B−1
2 = −K ); one finds
B1 = (B1 · B2)B−12
= (−x2y1 + x1y2)K = x ∧ y
(with x = x1kI + x2kJ , y = y1kI + y2kJ ),
B1⊥ = (B1 ∧B2) + [B1, B2]B−1
= (−x3y2 + x2y3)I + (x3y1 − x1y3)J
+(x1y0 − x0y1)iI + (x2y0 − x0y2)iJ + (x3y0 − x0y3)iK
= B1 − B1.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 74/176
68 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
Orthogonal projection of a bivector on a vector
Let B = B + B⊥ be the bivector and a the vector (with B1 ∧ a = 0, B⊥ · a = 0);since
aB = a · B + a ∧ B,
Ba = B · a + a ∧ B,
one obtains
B = a−1(a · B) = (B · a)a−1,
B⊥ = a−1(a ∧ B) = (a ∧ B)a−1.
Orthogonal projection of a bivector on a hyperplane
Let B = B + B⊥ be the bivector and T the hyperplane with B⊥ · T = 0 and[B, T ] = 0 (B ∈ T ). From the equation
BT = B · T + [B, T ]
one obtains
B = (B · T )T −1,
B⊥ = [B, T ] T −1.
Example. Let F = −B + iEc
be the electromagnetic bivector, its orthogonal pro-
jection on the hyperplane T = k = e1e2e3 (T −1
= −k) yields
F = −(F · k)k = −B,
F ⊥ = − [F, k] k = E
c .
Orthogonal projection of a hyperplane T 1 on the hyperplane T 2
Let us write T 1 = T 1 + T 1⊥ with T 1 = x ∧ y ∧ z, T 2 = u ∧ v∧w; from the relation
T 1 · T 2 ≡ (x ∧ y) · [z · (u ∧ v ∧ w)]
and the equation (4.11), one deduces
T 1⊥ · T 2 = 0;
furthermore
T 1, T 2
= 0 (T 1 ∈ T 2). Since
T 1T 2 = −T 1 · T 2 + [T 1, T 2]
it follows that
T 1 = −(T 1 · T 2)T −12 ,
T 1⊥ = [T 1, T 2] T −12 .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 75/176
4.4. Differential operators 69
4.4 Differential operators
4.4.1 Definitions
Consider the relativistic four-nabla operator, ∇
∇ =
j
∂
∂x0 − k∇
= ∂ αeα = ∂ αeα
with
∇ = I ∂
∂x1 + J
∂
∂x2 + K
∂
∂x3,
∂ α = ∂ ∂xα
and eα the reciprocal basis defined by
eα · eβ = δ αβ
(e0 = e0, e1 = −e1, e2 = −e2, e3 = −e3). One can define the operators four-gradient
∇ϕ = j ∂
∂x0 − k gradϕ (ϕ ∈ S )
the four-divergence of a vector A = j A0 + kA
∇ · A = ∂A0
∂x0
+ ∂A1
∂x1
+ ∂A2
∂x2
+ ∂A3
∂x3
∈ S
the four-curl
∇∧ A = − rotA− i
∂ A
∂x0 + gradA0
∈ B;
acting on a bivector B = a + ib, one can define the operators
∇ · B = j divb− k
∂ b
∂x0 + rota
∈ V
∇∧ B = k diva + j ∂ a
∂x0
− rotb ∈ T.
4.4.2 Infinitesimal elements of curves, surfaces and hypersurfaces
A curve in the four-dimensional space is defined by the parametric equations
OM (α) = jx0(α) + kx(α)
defining the tangent vector at the point M ,
dOM = ∂OM
∂α dα
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 76/176
70 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
where α is the parameter. For a surface, the parametric equations are
OM (α, β ) = jx0(α, β ) + kx(α, β )
and the tangent plane to the surface at the point M is defined by the bivector
dS =
∂OM
∂α ∧
∂OM
∂β
dαdβ
=
∂x2
∂α∂x3
∂β − ∂x3
∂α∂x2
∂β
I +
∂x3
∂α∂x1
∂β − ∂x1
∂α∂x3
∂β
J
+∂x1
∂α∂x2
∂β − ∂x2
∂α∂x1
∂β
K +
∂x1
∂α∂x0
∂β − ∂x0
∂α∂x1
∂β
iI
+∂x2
∂α∂x0
∂β − ∂x0
∂α∂x2
∂β
iJ +
∂x3
∂α∂x0
∂β − ∂x0
∂α∂x3
∂β
iK
dαdβ.
In abridged notation, one can write
dS = dx2dx3I + dx3dx1J + dx1dx2K
+ dx1dx0iI + dx2dx0iJ + dx3dx0iK
with
dx2dx3 = D(x2, x3)
D(α, β ) dαdβ
=
∂x2
∂α
∂x2
∂β
∂x3
∂α∂x
3
∂β
dαdβ, etc.
where dx2dx3 is an undissociable symbol [3, p. 446]. For a hypersurface defined by
OM (α, β, γ ) = j x0(α, β, γ ) + kx(α, β, γ )
the tangent hyperplane to the surface at the point M is given by the trivector
dT =
∂OM
∂α ∧
∂OM
∂β ∧
∂OM
∂γ
dαdβdγ
=
∂x3
∂α∂x2
∂β∂x1
∂γ − ∂x2
∂α∂x3
∂β∂x1
∂γ − ∂x3
∂α∂x1
∂β∂x2
∂γ
+∂x1
∂α∂x3
∂β∂x2
∂γ + ∂x2
∂α∂x1
∂β∂x3
∂γ − ∂x1
∂α∂x2
∂β∂x3
∂γ
k
+
− ∂x3
∂α∂x2
∂β∂x0
∂γ + ∂x2
∂α∂x3
∂β∂x0
∂γ + ∂x3
∂α∂x0
∂β∂x2
∂γ
−∂x0
∂α∂x3
∂β∂x2
∂γ − ∂x2
∂α∂x0
∂β∂x3
∂γ + ∂x0
∂α∂x2
∂β∂x3
∂γ
jI
+
∂x3
∂α∂x1
∂β∂x0
∂γ − ∂x1
∂α∂x3
∂β∂x0
∂γ − ∂x3
∂α∂x0
∂β∂x1
∂γ
+∂x0
∂α∂x3
∂β∂x1
∂γ + ∂x1
∂α∂x0
∂β∂x3
∂γ − ∂x0
∂α∂x1
∂β∂x3
∂γ
jJ
+
− ∂x2
∂α∂x1
∂β∂x0
∂γ + ∂x1
∂α∂x2
∂β∂x0
∂γ + ∂x2
∂α∂x0
∂β∂x1
∂γ
−∂x0
∂α∂x2
∂β∂x1
∂γ − ∂x1
∂α∂x0
∂β∂x2
∂γ + ∂x0
∂α∂x1
∂β∂x2
∂γ
jK
dαdβdγ.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 77/176
4.4. Differential operators 71
In short, one can write
dT = kdx1dx3dx2 (4.16)
+ jIdx2
dx3
dx0
+ jJdx3
dx1
dx0
+ jKdx1
dx2
dx0
(4.17)with the symbol
dx1dx3dx2 = D(x1, x3, x2)
D(α, β, γ ) dαdβdγ
=
∂x1
∂α
∂x1
∂β
∂x1
∂γ
∂x3
∂α
∂x3
∂β
∂x3
∂γ
∂x2
∂α∂x
2
∂β ∂x
2
∂γ
dαdβdγ, etc.
4.4.3 General theorems
Generalized Stokes theorem
This theorem can be written A · dl = −
(∇∧A) · dS (4.18)
with dl = j dx0
+ kdx, A = jA0
+ kA, dS = dS1 + idS2 and
dS1 = dx2dx3I + dx3dx1J + dx1dx2K,
dS2 = dx1dx0I + dx2dx0J + dx3dx0K.
Explicitly, equation (4.18) is expressed in classical vector notation as A0dx0 −A · dx =
− rotA · dS1 +
∇A0 +
∂ A
∂x0
· dS2
.
If dx0 = 0, one has dS2 = 0 and the formula reduces to the standard Stokes
theorem. As to the orientation of the curve C , it results from that of the surfaceS [10, p. 39]. One takes two linearly independent four-vectors a, b ∈ S and onechooses the order (a, b) as being the positive orientation (dS = αa ∧ b, α > 0). Onthe curve C one chooses a vector f exterior to S and a vector g tangent to thecurve such that (f, g) is ordered positively; the curve is then oriented along g .
Generalized Gauss theorem
The theorem is expressed as
A ∧ dT = (∇ · A) dτ (4.19)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 78/176
72 Chapter 4. Clifford algebra
with dτ = idx0dx1dx2dx3, dT = kdx1dx3dx2 + jt and
t = dx2dx3dx0I + dx3dx1dx0J + dx1dx2dx0K,
the hypersurface being closed. Explicitly, equation (4.19) reads −A0dx1dx3dx2 + A · t
i =
∂A0
∂x0 + divA
idx0dx1dx2dx3.
The orientation of the hypersurface results from that of the four-volume. Leta,b,c,d be four linearly independent vectors of the four-volume a ∧ b ∧ c ∧ d =αi; if α > 0, the orientation of the four-volume is positive. On a point of thehypersurface, one chooses a vector m outside of the four-volume and three vectors
p, q, r on the hypersurface; if m ∧ p ∧ q ∧ r has a positive sign, the orientation of the hypersurface is positive.
Other formulas
On a closed surface, one has F · dS =
(∇∧ F ) · dT, (4.20)
F ∧ dS = −
(∇ · F ) ∧ dT, (4.21)
with the bivector F = f + ig, dS = dS1 + idS2, dT = kdx1dx3dx2 + jt; explicitly,formula (4.20) reads
(−f · dS1 + g · dS2) =
div f dx1dx3dx2 −
∂ f
∂x0 − rotg
· t
;
if dx0 = 0, dS2 = 0, t = 0, one obtains the standard Gauss theorem. Relation(4.21) gives
i (−g · dS1 − f · dS2) =
i
div gdx1dx3dx2 −
∂ g
∂x0 + rotf
· t
.
The orientation of dS proceeds from that of dT . One chooses three linearly in-dependent vectors a, b, c of T and one defines the orientation a ∧ b ∧ c as being
positive. On a point of the surface, one considers a vector m exterior to the trivol-ume T , and two vectors p, q on the surface; if m ∧ p ∧ q has the orientation of a ∧ b ∧ c, the orientation of the surface is positive.
4.5 Exercises
E4-1 Consider the Clifford numbers A and B :
A = I + 2J − iK,
B = j + kI + 2kK.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 79/176
4.5. Exercises 73
Determine Ac, Bc, A + B, A−B, AAc, BBc, A−1, B−1, AB, BA, (AB)c, (BA)c,
(AB) (AB)c, (BA) (BA)c, (AB)−1
, (BA)−1
, [A, B].
E4-2 Consider the four-vectors
x = j + kI + kJ, y = 2 j + kK,
z = 3 j + kJ, w = 3kI + kJ + kK.
Determine x · y, B = x ∧ y, B = z ∧ w, T = x ∧ (y ∧ z), T = (x ∧ y) ∧ z, B · z,w · T , B · B, B ∧ B, B · T .
E4-3 Take an orthonormal reference frame with the components of the four-vectors
x = (0, 1, 2,−1), y = (0, 3, 1, 1),
z = (0, 1, 2, 1), w = (0, 2, 1, 5).
Determine within the Clifford algebra H⊗H the surfaces S 1 = x ∧ y, S 2 = z ∧w,the trivector x ∧ y ∧ z and the four-volume x ∧ y ∧ z ∧ w. Give the orthogonalprojection of the vector w on S 1 and the orthogonal projection of S 1 on S 2.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 80/176
Chapter 5
Symmetry groups
This chapter formulates the Lorentz group and the group of conformal transfor-mations within the Clifford algebra H⊗H over R. In complexifying this algebra,one obtains the Dirac algebra H⊗H over C, isomorphic to the subalgebra C + of H⊗H⊗H over R. Dirac’s equation, the unitary group SU(4) and the symplecticunitary group USp(2,H) are treated as applications of H⊗H over C.
5.1 Pseudo-orthogonal groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3)
5.1.1 Metric
Consider two vectors x = jx0 + kx, y = jy0 + ky with x = x1I + x2J + x3K andthe interior product, with xc = −x;
x · x = xxc = −x2,
(x + y) · (x + y) = (x + y)(x + y)c
= xxc + yyc + 2x · y,
x · y = (xyc + yxc)
2 = − (xy + yx)
2= x0y0
−x1y1
−x2y2
−x3y3.
A vector x is isotropic if xxc = 0, timelike if xxc > 0 and spacelike if xxc < 0.
5.1.2 Symmetry with respect to a hyperplane
Let a = ja0 + ka be a vector, the hyperplane perpendicular to a is given by thedual of a,
T = a∗ = ia
= ka0
− ja
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 81/176
76 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
with T −1 = −iaaac
(i commutes with all elements of C + and anticommutes with
those of C −). Let us suppose that T goes through the origin and let x = jx0 + kxbe a vector. The orthogonal projections of x on T are given by the relations (4.14),
(4.15)
x = −T −1(x · T ),
x⊥ = T −1(x ∧ T ),
hence
x⊥ = −T −1 (xT − T x)
2 =
x
2 +
iaxia
2aac=
x
2 − axa
2aac,
x = x
2
+ axa
2aacwith x = x + x⊥.
Definition 5.1.1. The symmetric of x with respect to a hyperplane is obtained bydrawing the perpendicular to the hyperplane and by extending this perpendicularby an equal length [11].
Let x be the symmetric of x with respect to the hyperplane T ; one has
x− x = 2x⊥
hencex =
axaaac
.
More simply, one can write that x − x is perpendicular to the hyperplane T (and
thus parallel to a) and x+x
2 is parallel to the hyperplane. One obtains
x = x + λa,
a ·
x + x
2
= 0,
hence
a ·
x + λa
2
= 0 =⇒ λ = −2(a · x)
a · a ,
x = x − 2(a · x)a
a · a
= x + (ax + xa)a
aac=
axa
aac= −axca
aac;
finally (with a2 = −aac), one finds again the above expression of the symmetric
of x with respect to the hyperplane. One shall distinguish the time symmetries
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 82/176
5.1. Pseudo-orthogonal groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3) 77
(with aac = 1)
x = axa
=−
axca,
from the space symmetries (with aac = −1)
x = −axa
= axca.
5.1.3 Pseudo-orthogonal groups O(1, 3) and SO(1, 3)
Definition 5.1.2. The pseudo-orthogonal group O(1, 3) is the group of linear oper-ators which leave invariant the quadratic form
x · y = x0
y0
− x1
y1
− x2
y2
− x3
y3
with x = jx0 + kx.
Theorem 5.1.3. Every rotation of O(1, 3) is the product of an even number ≤ 4of symmetries, any inversion is the product of an odd number ≤ 4 of symmetries
[11].
A rotation is a proper transformation of a determinant equal to 1; an inversionis an improper transformation of a determinant equal to −1.
Proper orthochronous Lorentz transformation
Consider an even number of time symmetries (s , r , . . .) and of space symmetries(t , u , . . .); one obtains
x = (utsr)x(rstu)
= axac
with a = utsr ∈ C +, ac = rcsctcuc = (−r)(−s)(−t)(−u) = rstu and aac = 1.
Other transformations
Let n be the number of time symmetries and p the number of space symmetries;
their combinations give the following Lorentz transformations :
1. n odd, p odd: proper antichronous rotation
x = −axac, aac = −1, a ∈ C +;
2. n even, p odd: improper orthochronous inversion
x = axac, aac = −1, a ∈ C −;
3. n odd, p even: improper antichronous inversion
x =−
axac, aac = 1, a∈
C −.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 83/176
78 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
Group O(1, 3): recapitulative table
The entire set of Lorentz transformations L is given in the table below where n isthe number of time symmetries and p the number of space symmetries.
Rotation(det L = 1)
Inversion(det L = −1)
orthochronousn even, p even
x = axac(aac = 1, a ∈ C +)
n even, p oddx = axac = −axcac(aac = −1, a ∈ C −)
antichronousn odd, p oddx = −axac
(aac = −1, a ∈ C +)
n odd, p evenx = −axcac = axcac
(aac = 1, a ∈ C −)
5.2 Proper orthochronous Lorentz group
5.2.1 Rotation group SO(3)
A subgroup of the proper orthochronous Lorentz group is the rotation group SO(3)
x = rxrc (5.1)
with r = cos θ2 + u sin θ2 , u = u1I + u2J + u3K , (u1)2 + (u2)2 + (u3)2 = 1,
x = jx0 + kx, x = jx0 + kx, rrc = 1. One verifies that x belongs indeed to thevector space of vectors
xc = rxcrc = −x.In matrix form, equation (5.1) can be written with
X =
x0
x1
x2
x3
, X =
x0
x1
x2
x3
, xi, xi ∈ R,
X = AX,
A =
1 0 0 00 a f g0 m b h0 n p c
,
with
a =
u12
+
u22
+
u32
cos θ,
b =
u22
+
u12
+
u32
cos θ,
c = u32
+ u12
+ u22
cos θ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 84/176
5.2. Proper orthochronous Lorentz group 79
f = u1u2(1− cos θ)− u3 sin θ, m = u1u2(1− cos θ) + u3 sin θ,
g = u1u3(1− cos θ) + u2 sin θ, n = u1u3(1− cos θ)− u2 sin θ,
h = u2u3(1
−cos θ)
−u1 sin θ, p = u2u3(1
−cos θ) + u1 sin θ.
One obtains the same expression as with quaternions, despite the distinct natureof r and x (r ∈ C +, x ∈ C −). All considerations of Chapter 2 on the subgroups of SO(3) that is of r, apply here; it suffices to replace i, j, k by I ,J, K respectively.For an infinitesimal rotation, one has with r 1 + udθ
2 ,
x = rxrc
=
1 + u
dθ
2
x
1− u
dθ
2
= x + dθ
2
(ux
−xu)
= x + dθ
2 k (ux− xu)
= x + dθku× x,
dx = x − x = dθku× x.
In matrix notationdX = dθuiM iX, i ∈ (1, 2, 3)
with
M 1 =
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 00 0 0 −10 0 1 0
, M 2 =
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 10 0 0 00 −1 0 0
, M 3 =
0 0 0 0
0 0 −1 00 1 0 00 0 0 0
and the relations
[M i, M j ] = ijkM k.
5.2.2 Pure Lorentz transformation
A pure Lorentz transformation is given by
x = bxbc,
b = cosh ϕ
2 + iv sinh
ϕ
2
with v = v1I + v2J + v3K , (v1)2 + (v2)2 + (v3)2 = 1, x = jx0 + kx, x = jx0 + kx,bbc = 1. One verifies that one has indeed x
c = bxcbc = −x. In matrix formulation,one has with
X =
x0
x1
x2
x3
, X =
x0
x1
x2
x3
, xi, xi ∈ R,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 85/176
80 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
X = BX,
B =
cosh ϕ v1
sinh ϕ v2
sinh ϕ v3
sinh ϕv1 sinh ϕ a f gv2 sinh ϕ f b hv3 sinh ϕ g h c
,
with
a = 1 +
v12
(cosh ϕ− 1) , f = v1v2 (cosh ϕ− 1) ,
b = 1 +
v22
(cosh ϕ− 1) , g = v1v3 (cosh ϕ− 1) ,
c = 1 +
v3
2
(cosh ϕ− 1) , h = v2v3 (cosh ϕ− 1) .
One will notice that the matrix is real and symmetric. For a pure infinitesimalLorentz transformation, one obtains with b 1 + ivdϕ
2 and i anticommuting with
x,
x = bxbc
=
1 + iv
dϕ
2
x
1− iv
dϕ
2
= x + idϕ
2 (vx + xv)
= x + i dϕ2v jx0 + kx
+ jx0 + kx
v
= x + dϕ
kvx0 − j
v1x1 + v2x2 + v3x3
,
dx = x − x = dϕ
kvx0 − j
v1x1 + v2x2 + v3x3
.
In matrix form, one has
dX = dϕviK iX, i ∈ (1, 2, 3)
with
K 1 =
0 1 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 00 0 0 0
, K 2 =
0 0 1 00 0 0 01 0 0 00 0 0 0
, K 3 =
0 0 0 10 0 0 00 0 0 01 0 0 0
and the relations
[K i, K j] = −ijkM k,
[K i, M j] = ijkK k.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 86/176
5.2. Proper orthochronous Lorentz group 81
5.2.3 General Lorentz transformation
Transformation of multivectors and Clifford numbers
A general Lorentz transformation for vectors is expressed by
x = axac
with a ∈ C +, aac = 1. A bivector of the type B = x∧y = − (xy−yx)2 transforms as
B = − (xy − yx)
2= a (x ∧ y) ac
= aBac.
Generally, for a product of two vectors xy one has the transformation
xy = axacayac
= axyac;
consequently, any multivector A (and any Clifford number) which is a linear com-bination of such products transforms under a proper orthochronous Lorentz trans-formation according to the same formula
A = aAac (a
∈C +, aac = 1).
Decomposition into a rotation and a pure Lorentz transformation
The decomposition a = br of a general Lorentz transformation into a rotationand a pure Lorentz transformation is obtained as follows ([15],[16]). Consider theelement
a = a0 + a + i (b0 + b) ∈ C +, aac = 1;
let us introduce a conjugation (transforming i into −i),
a = a0 + a
−i (b0 + b)
= br
= bcr,
ac = rcb.
Let us write d = aac = brrcb = b2 (ddc = 1), hence
2b2 = 2d,
b2d = d2,
b2dc = 1 (dc = aac);
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 87/176
82 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
adding, one obtains
b2 (2 + d + dc) = (1 + d)2 ,
b = ± (1 + d)√ 2 + d + dc
(with d = aac),
r = bca
= ± (1 + aac) a√ 2 + d + dc
= ± (a + a)√ 2 + d + dc
,
with bbc = rrc = 1. For the decomposition a = rb, one obtains similarly
b = ± (1 + d) 2 + d + dc
(with d = aca, dc = aca),
r = abc
= ± (a + a) 2 + d + dc
.
Example. Let a =√
10K − 3iJ be an even Clifford number (a ∈ C +) and suchthat aac = 1. Let us decompose a into a product (a = br = rb). One has
a = √ 10 K + 3iJ, d = aac = 19 + 6√ 10 iI
Answer: b = ±√
10 + 3iI
, r = ±K ;
similarly
d = aca = 19− 6√
10 iI
Answer: b = ±√
10− 3iI
, r = ±K.
5.3 Group of conformal transformations
5.3.1 Definitions
The treatment of conformal transformations within H(C) extends easily to H⊗H.The group of conformal transformations is constituted by the transformations suchthat if dx · dx = 0, then dx · dx = 0 with dx = jx0 + kx. The group containsthe spacetime translations (x = x + d), Lorentz transformations (x = axac),dilatations (x = λx) and the transformations
(x
)
−1
= x
−1
+ ac (5.2)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 88/176
5.3. Group of conformal transformations 83
where a is a constant (four-)vector with x−1 = xcxxc
. The above equation can alsobe written
x
=
(x
)
−1−1
=
x−1
+ ac−1
=
x−1 (1 + xac)−1
=
(1 + acx) x−1−1
and using relation (AB)−1
= B−1A−1 which is true for any invertible Cliffordnumber
x = (1 + xac)−1 x (5.3)
= x (1 + acx)−1 . (5.4)
Equivalently, one has
x =
xcxxc
+ ac
−1
=
x
xxc+ a
xcxxc
+ ac
x
xxc+ a
,
x = x + a (x · x)
1 + 2(x · a) + (a · a)(x · x).
The inverse transformation is given by
x−1
= (x
)
−1
− ac
hence
x = (1− xac)−1
x (5.5)
= x (1 − acx)−1
. (5.6)
5.3.2 Properties of conformal transformations
For any invertible Clifford number A (AA−1 = A−1A = 1), one has
dA−1A + A−1dA = 0,
dA−1 = −A−1dAA−1.
Differentiating equation (5.2), one obtains
d
(x)−1
= d
x−1
, (5.7)
(x)−1
dx (x)−1
= x−1dxx−1, (5.8)
xcdxx
c
(xxc)2 =
xcdxxc
(xxc)2 ; (5.9)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 89/176
84 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
multiplying by the conjugate equation, one has
xcdxx
cxdxcx
(x
xc)4 =
xcdxxcxdxcx
(xxc)4 , (5.10)
dxdxc =
(x.x)2
(x.x)2
dxdxc (5.11)
which shows that the transformation is indeed a conformal transformation. Equa-tion (5.8) gives
(x)−1
dx (x)−1
= x−1dxx−1,
dx = xx−1dxx−1x,
and using equations (5.3), (5.4), one obtains the relation
dx = (1 + xac)−1 dx (1 + acx)−1 . (5.12)
Finally, from equations (5.3), (5.4) one has
x = (1 + xac)−1 x = x (1 + acx)
−1 ,
(1 + xac) x = x = x (1 + acx) ,
hence
xacx = xacx, (5.13)
xxc = (1 + xac) xxc (1 + axc) , (5.14)
xxc =
xxc1 + 2(x · a) + (a · a)(x · x)
. (5.15)
5.3.3 Transformation of multivectors
A conformal transformation is a relation of the type xi = f i
x0, x1, x2, x3
with
dxi = ∂xi
∂xk dxk.
A contravariant (four-)vector A, by definition, transforms according to the formula
Ai = ∂xi
∂xk Ak.
The equation (5.12)
dx
= (1 + xac)
−1
dx (1 + acx)
−1
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 90/176
5.4. Dirac algebra 85
then gives the transformation of a vector A = jx0 + kA,
A = (1 + xac)−1
A (1 + acx)−1
. (5.16)
For a product of two vectors A, B one obtains
AB = (1 + xac)−1 A (1 + acx)−
1(1 + xac)−
1 B (1 + acx)−1
= K (1 + xac)−1 AB (1 + acx)
−1
with
K = 1
1 + 2(x · a) + (a · a)(x · x);
for a bivector A ∧B = −(AB−BA)
2 one then has
A ∧B = K (1 + xac)−1
(A ∧B) (1 + acx)−1
;
one verifies that A ∧B is indeed a bivector. Similarly, one obtains for a trivectorand a pseudoscalar
A ∧B ∧ C = K 2 (1 + xac)−1
(A ∧B ∧ C ) (1 + acx)−1 ,
A ∧B ∧ C ∧D = K 4 (A ∧B ∧ C ∧D) .
Furthermore,
AAc = K 2AAc,
A ·B = K 2 (A ·B)
which shows that the conformal transformation conserves the angles.
5.4 Dirac algebra
5.4.1 Dirac equation
The Dirac algebra is isomorphic to the Clifford algebra H ⊗ H over C and canbe represented by 2 × 2 matrices over complex quaternions with the followinggenerators:
e0(≡ j) =
i 0
0 −i
, e1(≡ kI ) =
0 iiii 0
,
e2(
≡kJ ) = 0 i j
i
j 0 , e3(
≡kK ) = 0 ik
i
k 0 ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 91/176
86 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
where i is the ordinary complex imaginary (i2 = −1) and e20 = −1, e21 = e22 =e23 = 1. The other matrices are given by
1 = 1 0
0 1
, I = i 0
0 i
, J = j 0
0 j
,
K =
k 00 k
, i =
0 −11 0
, iI =
0 −i
i 0
,
iJ =
0 − j j 0
, iK =
0 −kk 0
, jI =
ii 0
0 −ii
,
jJ = i j 0
0 −
i j , jK = ik 0
0 −
ik , k = 0 i
i 0 .
The Dirac spinor can be expressed as a left ideal
Ψ = AE =
q 1f q 2f
, E =
f 00 0
where E is a primitive idempotent (E 2 = E ), f = (1 + ik)/2 ; q 1, q 2 beingreal quaternions and A a general element of the algebra. The hermitian norm isexpressed by
ΨΨ† = (q 1q 1c + q 2q 2c) f
where Ψ†
is the transposed, quaternionic conjugated and complex conjugated ma-trix of Ψ. The Dirac equation in presence of an electromagnetic field is
(ih∇− eA− imc) Ψ = 0
with the four-nabla operator ∇ = j ∂ c∂t − k∇, the vector potential A = j V
c + kA
and e the electric charge of the particle.
5.4.2 Unitary and symplectic unitary groups
Having defined the Clifford algebra H
⊗H over C, let A be a 2
×2 matrix having
as elements complex quaternions q i and its adjoint A†,
A =
q 1 q 2q 3 q 4
, A† =
q ∗1c q ∗3cq ∗2c q ∗4c
,
where the sympbols ∗ and c represent respectively the complex conjugation andthe quaternionic conjugation. The adjunction transforms i and i, j, k, I,J,K intotheir opposites, as one can verify directly on the basis matrices. A selfadjointClifford number (H = H †) is consequently of the type
H = (a + i
ib + i
jc + i
kd; i
p+ i
q+ j
r+ k
s)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 92/176
5.4. Dirac algebra 87
with p = p1I + p2J + p3K (etc.) and real coefficients. The unitary groupSU
2,H(C)
, isomorphic to SU(4), is the set of matrices A such that
AA† = A†A = 1.
If one restricts the matrices to real quaternion matrices, one obtains as a subgroupthe symplectic unitary group USp(2,H) [39, p. 232]. The elements of the unitarygroup being of the type ei
H (with H = H †), one can choose for the 15 generatorsof SU(4),
eiθ, eIθ , eJθ , eKθ , ei
jIθ, eijJθ , ei
jKθ, eikIθ, ei
kJθ, eikKθ
ejθ
, ekθ
, eiiIθ
, eiiJθ
, eiiKθ
. , (5.17)
where θ is a real generic parameter with the usual series development
eIθ = cos θ + I sin θ,
eiiJθ = cos θ + iiJ sin θ (etc.).
The 10 matrices within parentheses constitute the symplectic unitary group
USp(2;H
). Explicitly, one has
eiθ =
cos θ − sin θ
sin θ cos θ
, eIθ =
cos θ + i sin θ 0
0 cos θ + i sin θ
,
eJθ =
cos θ + j sin θ 0
0 cos θ + j sin θ
,
eKθ =
cos θ + k sin θ 0
0 cos θ + k sin θ
,
eijIθ = cos θ
−i sin θ 0
0 cos θ + i sin θ ,
eijJθ =
cos θ − j sin θ 0
0 cos θ + j sin θ
,
eijKθ =
cos θ − k sin θ 0
0 cos θ + k sin θ
,
eikIθ =
cos θ −i sin θ−i sin θ cos θ
, ei
kJθ =
cos θ − j sin θ− j sin θ cos θ
,
eikKθ =
cos θ −k sin θ
−k sin θ cos θ .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 93/176
88 Chapter 5. Symmetry groups
One verifies that these matrices have indeed real quaternions as coefficients. Theother elements of the SU(4) group are given by
ejθ =
cos θ + i
sin θ 00 cos θ − i sin θ
, ekθ =
cos θ i
sin θi sin θ cos θ
,
eiiIθ =
cos θ −i sin θi sin θ cos θ
, ei
iJθ =
cos θ −i j sin θi j sin θ cos θ
,
eiikθ =
cos θ −i sin θ−i sin θ cos θ
.
To obtain a representation in terms of 4 × 4 complex matrices, one can choose forthe generators of the Clifford algebra over C
e0(≡ j) =
i 0 0 00 i 0 00 0 −i 00 0 0 −i
, e1(≡ kI ) =
0 0 0 i0 0 i 00 −i 0 0−i 0 0 0
,
e2(≡ kJ ) =
0 0 0 10 0 −1 00 −1 0 01 0 0 0
, e3(≡ kK ) =
0 0 i 00 0 0 −i
−i 0 0 00 i 0 0
,
with e20 =−
1, e21 = e22 = e23 = 1.
5.5 Exercises
E5-1 Consider a special pure Lorentz transformation (b) along the Ox axis (ve-locity v = c
3) followed by a rotation (r) of π4 around the same axis. Express theresulting Lorentz transformation X = aX ac.
E5-2 Consider a special Lorentz transformation (b1) along the Ox axis (velocityv = c
3 ) followed by a pure Lorentz transformation (b2) along the Oy axis (withv = c
3). Express the resulting Lorentz transformation X = aX a
c with a = b
2b1
.Decompose the resulting Lorentz transformation into a rotation followed by a pureLorentz transformation (a = br). Give the direction of the Lorentz transformation,the velocity and the angle of rotation.
E5-3 Consider an orthonormal system of axes (O,x,y,z) and a cube with verticesA(0, 0, 0), B(1, 0, 0), C (1, 1, 0), D(0, 1, 0), E (0, 1, 1), F (0, 0, 1), G(1, 0, 1),H (1, 1, 1). Determine the transform of the vertices of this cube under a conformaltransformation
x = (1 + xac)−1x
with a = 2kI + kK , x = ctj + kx
, x
= ct
j + kx
.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 94/176
5.5. Exercises 89
E5-4 Consider the matrices
A = 1 jk i , B =
1 ki j , C =
1 ik j .
Determine AB, BA, A−1, B−1, (AB) −1, (BA)−1
; does the matrix C −1 exist?
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 95/176
Chapter 6
Special relativity
This chapter develops the special theory of relativity within the Clifford algebraH⊗H over R. The relativistic kinematics and relativistic dynamics of a point massare examined.
6.1 Lorentz transformation
6.1.1 Special Lorentz transformation
Consider a reference frame K (O,x,y,z) at rest and a reference frameK (O, x, y, z) moving along the Ox axis with a constant velocity v (Figure6.1). With X = jx0 + kx, X = jx0 + kx (x0 = ct, x = xI + yJ + zK ),b = cosh ϕ
2 − iI sinh ϕ
2, the Lorentz transformation is expressed by
X = bX bc.
v
y
x
z
y
x
z
O O
K K
Figure 6.1: Special Lorentz transformation (pure).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 96/176
92 Chapter 6. Special relativity
Explicitly, one obtains
x0 = x0 cosh ϕ− x sinh ϕ,
x
= −x0 sinh ϕ + x
cosh ϕ,y = y, z = z.
Writing tanh ϕ = vc = β , γ = cosh ϕ with
γ 2 = 1 + sinh2 ϕ = 1 + γ 2β 2,
γ = 1
1− β 2,
the transformation becomes
ct = γ (ct− xβ ) ,
x = γ (x− βct) ,
y = y, z = z.
Taking β = vc 1 (γ 1), one obtains the Galilean transformation
t = t,
x = x − vt,
y = y, z = z .
The inverse transformation is expressed by
X = bcX b
with bc = cosh ϕ2 + iI sinh ϕ
2 , hence
ct = γ (ct + xβ ) ,
x = γ (x + βct) ,
y = y , z = z .
6.1.2 Physical consequences
Contraction of length
Consider a rod at rest in K , parallel to the Ox axis and of length l0 = x
2 − x
1.In K , the length is l = x2 − x1, where the abscisses x2, x1 are determined at thesame time t:
x
2 = γ (x2 − βct) ,
x
1 = γ (x1 − βct) ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 97/176
6.1. Lorentz transformation 93
hence
l = x2 − x1 = x
2 − x
1
γ
= l 0
1− β 2 ≤ l0;
the observer in K concludes to a contraction. Reciprocally, let l0 = x2−x1 be thelength of a rod parallel to the Ox axis in K . The observer in K measures at thesame time t,
x2 = γ (x
2 + βct) ,
x1 = γ (x
1 + βct) ,
hence
l
= x
2 − x
1 =
x2 − x1
γ
= l0
1− β 2 ≤ l0;
the observer in K concludes also to a contraction.
Example. Take v = 300 km/s, β = 10−3, β 2 = 10−6,
1− β 2 = 1− 5 · 10−7, therelative variation of l is 5 · 10−7.
Time dilatation
A time interval t = t2 − t1 measured at the same point x = x
2 − x
1 = 0 of
K corresponds in K to a time interval t = t2 − t1 with
ct2 = γ (ct2 + x
2β ) ,
ct1 = γ (ct1 + x
1β ) ,
hence
t = t2 − t1 = γ t
= t
1− β 2≥ t.
The observer in K concludes to a slowing down of physical phenomena. Recipro-cally, a time interval t = t2− t1 measured at the same point x2 = x1 in K , givesin K ,
ct2 = γ (ct2 − x2β ) ,
ct1 = γ (ct1 − x1β ) ,
t = t2 − t1
= t
1− β 2≥ t.
Hence, the conclusion is the same.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 98/176
94 Chapter 6. Special relativity
6.1.3 General Lorentz transformation
For a general Lorentz transformation, one has a = br (or a = rb) with r =cos θ
2 + u sin θ
2, b = cosh ϕ
2 + iv sinh ϕ
2 (u · u = v · v = 1). Explicitly, one obtains
a = br =
cos θ2 cosh ϕ
2 + u cosh ϕ2 sin θ
2
−iu · v sin θ2 sinh ϕ
2
+iv cos θ2 − u× v sin θ
2 sinh ϕ2
,
a = rb =
cos θ2 cosh ϕ
2 + u cosh ϕ2 sin θ
2
−iu · v sin θ2 sinh ϕ
2
+iv cos θ2 + u× v sin θ
2 sinh ϕ2
with aac = aa
c = 1. The general Lorentz transformation is simply expressed by
X = aX ac (or aXa
c)
with X = j x0 + kx, X = jx0 + kx.
6.2 Relativistic kinematics
6.2.1 Four-vectors
Transformation of a four-vector
An arbitrary four-vector A = j a0 + ka transforms under a special Lorentz trans-formation as
A = bAbc
with b = cosh ϕ2 − iI sinh ϕ
2 ; explicitly, writing
γ = cosh ϕ = 1
1− v2
c2
, tanh ϕ = v
c,
one has
a0 = γ
a0 − a1 v
c
,
a1 = γ
a1 − a0 v
c
,
a2 = a2, a3 = a3;
reciprocally, one has
A =
bc
Ab
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 99/176
6.2. Relativistic kinematics 95
which yields
a0 = γ
a0 + a1 v
c,
a1 = γ
a1 + a0 vc
,
a2 = a2, a3 = a3.
If one considers a general Lorentz transformation, one obtains the following for-mulas ([40, p. 134], [53, p.123]) with b = cosh ϕ
2 − iv
v sinh ϕ
2 where v is the velocity(of norm v) of the reference frame K with respect to the reference frame K
A = bAbc
or explicitly
a0 = γ
a0 −
a · v
v
v
c
,
a = a + v
v
a · v
v
(γ − 1)− a0γ
v
c
;
the reciprocal formulas areA = bcAb,
a0 = γ
a0 +a ·
v
v
v
c
,
a = a + vv
a · v
v
(γ − 1) + a0γ v
c
.
Four-velocity
Let X = j ct + kx be the spacetime four-vector of a particle with dX = jcdt + kdx
and the relativistic invariant
dXdX c = c2dt2 − (dx)2
= c2dt2
1− v2
c2
=
c2dt2
γ 2 = c
2
dτ
2
which defines the proper time
dτ = dt
γ = dt
1−
v2
c2
with γ = 1q 1− v
2
c2
, v being the velocity of the particle. The four-velocity V is defined
by
V = dX
dτ = j γc + kγ v
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 100/176
96 Chapter 6. Special relativity
with v = dxdt and V V c = c2 ; V can also be written in the form
V = c ( j cosh θ + km sinh θ)
with v = vm (m ·m = 1) and tanh θ = vc , γ = cosh θ, sinh θ = γ vc .
Four-acceleration
Let V = j γc + kγ v be the four-velocity and dτ = dtγ
the proper time differential;the four-acceleration is defined by
A = dV
dτ = γ [ jcγ + k (γ v + γ a)]
with
γ = dγ dt
= vvc2
γ 3 (6.1)
= (v · a) γ 3
c2 (6.2)
where the relation v · ·
v = vv deduced from (v)2 = v2 has been used. Furthermore,V · V = c2 from which one obtains by differentiating with respect to τ , V ·A = 0which gives again equation (6.2)
(v · a) = c2 γ
γ 3.
The four-acceleration can be written
A = jγ 4(v · a)
c + k
γ 4
(v · a)v
c2 + γ 2a
with γ = 1q 1− v
2
c2
; one has the relativistic invariant
AAc = −γ 6(v · a)
2
c2 − γ 4 (a)
2
= γ 6−a2 + v × a
c2
with (v × a)2 = v2a2 − (v · a)2. The bivector V ∧A is given by
V ∧A = (v× a) γ 3 − iacγ 3;
since V A = − (V ·A)− (V ∧A) = − (V ∧A), one has
(V ∧A) (V ∧A)c = V AAcV c = c2AAc
= γ 6 −a2c2 + (v × a)2
.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 101/176
6.2. Relativistic kinematics 97
The four-acceleration in the proper frame (v = 0) is simply A = ka with
AAc = − (a p)2
= −a2 p.
When a is parallel to v, one has
AAc = −γ 6a2 = −a2 p,
a p = γ 3a.
If a is perpendicular to v, one has
AAc = −γ 6a2
1−
v2
c2
= −γ 4a2 = −a2 p,
a p = γ 2a;
when γ 1, one remarks that the proper acceleration can be very much largerthan the acceleration in the laboratory frame [42, p. 101].
Wave four-vector
The wave four-vector is defined with k = 2πλ n by
K = jω
c + kk;
writing X = j ct + kr one has the relativistic invariants
KK c = ω2
c2 − (k)
2,
K ·X = ωt− k · r.
6.2.2 Addition of velocities
Special Lorentz transformation
Consider the special Lorentz transformation
V = bV bc (6.3)
with
b = cosh ϕ
2 − iI sinh
ϕ
2 , tanh ϕ =
w
c , cosh ϕ = γ =
1 1− w2
c2
,
the four-velocities
V =
c( j
coshθ
+ km
sinhθ
), V
= c
( j
coshθ
+ km
sinhθ
),
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 102/176
98 Chapter 6. Special relativity
and
tanh θ = v
c, tanh θ =
v
c ,
v = vm, v = vm (m ·m = m ·m = 1).
Equations (6.3) read
cosh θ = cosh θ cosh ϕ−m1 sinh θ sinh ϕ, (6.4)
m1 sinh θ = m1 cosh ϕ sinh θ − cosh θ sinh ϕ, (6.5)
m2 sinh θ = m2 sinh θ, (6.6)
m3 sinh θ = m3 sinh θ. (6.7)
Dividing equation (6.5) by the equation (6.4), one obtains
m1 tanh θ = m1 tanh θ − tanh ϕ
1−m1 tanh θ tanh ϕ
and thus
v1 = v1 − w
1− v1w
c2
. (6.8)
Similarly, one obtains
v2 = v2
cosh ϕ
1−
v1w
c2
, (6.9)
v3 = v3
cosh ϕ
1−
v1w
c2
(6.10)
with cosh ϕ = γ = 1q 1−w
2
c2
. The inverse formulas are (with β = wc )
v1 = v1 + w
1 + v1w
c2
, (6.11)
v2 = v2
1− β 2
1 + v1w
c2
, (6.12)
v3 = v3
1− β 2
1 + v1w
c2
. (6.13)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 103/176
6.3. Relativistic dynamics of a point mass 99
General pure Lorentz transformation
It is expressed for four-velocities by
V = bV bc (6.14)
with b =
cosh ϕ2 − iw
w sinh ϕ
2
, v = vm, v = vm (m · m = m · m = 1),
tanh ϕ = wc , tanh θ = v
c, tanh θ = v
c . Explicitly, equation (6.14) reads
cosh θ = cosh θ cosh ϕ
1−m ·
w
w
tanh θ tanh ϕ
, (6.15)
m sinh θ = m sinh θ − w
w
m ·
w
w
sinh θ (6.16)
+ w
wm ·
w
w sinh θ cosh ϕ−
w
w
cosh θ sinh ϕ. (6.17)
Dividing equation (6.17) by equation (6.15), one obtains with β = wc
the formulas[40, p. 75]
v =v
1− β 2 + w
v ·w
w2
1−
1− β 2
− 1
1− v ·w
c2
and the inverse formula
v =
v
1− β 2 + w v ·w
w2 1− 1− β 2 + 1
1 + v ·w
c2
.
6.3 Relativistic dynamics of a point mass
6.3.1 Four-momentum
Let V = jγ c + kγ v be the four-velocity of a particle and m0 its mass, the four-momentum is defined by
P = m0V = j m0γc + kγ m0v
= jE
c + kp
where E = γ m0c2 is the energy of the particle and p = γ m0v its momentum (of norm p). Furthermore, one has the relativistic invariant
P P c = E 2
c2 − (p)
2
= m20V V c = m2
0c2,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 104/176
100 Chapter 6. Special relativity
hence
E 2 = p2c2 + m20c4.
In the proper frame (v = 0), one has E 0 = m0c2
; the kinetic energy is defined by
T = m0c2 (γ − 1) .
Under a standard Lorentz transformation, the four-momentum transforms as P =bP bc with b =
cosh ϕ
2 − iI sinh ϕ2
and tanh ϕ = w
c = β , γ = 1q
1−w2
c2
E = γ
E − p1w
,
p1 = γ p1 − E
c2
w ,
p2 = p2, p3 = p3.
The inverse transformation is P = bcP b or
E = γ
E + p1w
,
p1 = γ
p1 +
E
c2 w
,
p2 = p2, p3 = p3.
Under a general pure Lorentz transformation, one has P = bP bc with b = cosh ϕ2−
ivv
sinh ϕ2 .
6.3.2 Four-force
Let P = j E c
+ kp be the four-momentum vector of the particle; the four-forcevector is defined by
F = dP
dτ
= d (m0V )
dτ = m0A +
dm0
dτ V
with V = j γc +kγ v [42, pp. 123-124]. If the four-force conserves m0, then dm0
dτ = 0
and
F = m0A = γ d ( jm0γc + kγm0v)
dt
= γ (v)
j
dE
cdt + kf
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 105/176
6.3. Relativistic dynamics of a point mass 101
with, by definition f = dpdt
= d(γm0v)dt
. Furthermore,
F · V = m0A + dm0
dτ
V · V = dm0
dτ
c2
= γ 2 (v)
dE
dt − f · v
.
If dm0
dτ = 0 = F · V , then dE
dt = f · v and
F = γ (v)
j
(f · v)
c + kf
.
Since
f = d (γm0v)
dt = γ m0a +
d (γm0)
dt v
= γm0a + dE
c2dtv = γ m0a +
(f · v)
c2 v,
one infers that a is coplanar to f and v but is not in general parallel to f . If dm0
dτ = 0, the force f satisfies the relation [42, p. 125]
γ (v) f = m0d2x
dt2 (6.18)
which can be established as
F = m0A = m0d2X
dτ 2 (6.19)
= γ (v)
j
dE
cdt + kf
(6.20)
= m0
d2 ( jct)
dτ 2 + k
d2x
dt2
, (6.21)
hence the relation (6.18) by comparing equations (6.20) and (6.21). Under a spe-cial Lorentz transformation, the four-force F = γ (v)
j Q
c + kf
with Q = dE
dt ,
transforms as F = bF bc with b =
cosh ϕ2 − iI sinh ϕ
2
, tanh ϕ = w
c et cosh ϕ =
γ = 1q 1−w
2
c2
or explicitly
F 0 = γ (w)
F 0 − F 1w
c
,
F 1 = γ (w)
F 1 − F 0w
c
,
F 2 = F 2, F 3 = F 3,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 106/176
102 Chapter 6. Special relativity
and equivalently
γ (v) Q = γ (w) γ (v) Q− f 1w , (6.22)
γ (v) f 1 = γ (w) γ (v)
f 1 −
Qw
c2
, (6.23)
γ (v) f 2 = γ (w) f 2, (6.24)
γ (v) f 3 = γ (w) f 3. (6.25)
Furthermore, one has the relation
γ (v)
γ (v) = γ (w) 1−
v1w
c2 , (6.26)
which can be established as follows ([42, p. 69]); form the invariant
ds2 = dt2
c2 − v2
= dt2
c2 − v2
and the relation
cdt
= γ (w)
cdt− dx
w
c
= γ (w) cdt
1−
v1w
c2
.
Then one obtains
dt2
c2 − v2
= dt2γ 2 (w)
1−
v1w
c2
2 c2 − v2
,
c2 − v2
=
c
2 −v
2 1− w2
c2
1− v1wc2
2 ,
1
γ 2 (v) =
1
γ 2 (v)
1
γ 2 (w)
11− v1w
c2
2 ,
hence, the relation (6.26). Reciprocally, one has
γ (v)
γ (v
)
= γ (w) 1 + v1w
c2 .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 107/176
6.4. Exercises 103
Finally, equations (6.22), (6.23), (6.24), (6.25) can be written [42, p. 124]
Q = Q− f 1w
1− v1wc2
,
f 1 = f 1 − wQ
c2
1− v1wc2
,
f 2 = f 2
γ (v)
1− v1wc2
,
f 3 = f 3
γ (v)
1− v1wc2
.
6.4 ExercisesE6-1 Two particles A and B move towards the origin O in opposite directions(on the Ox axis) with a uniform velocity 0, 8 c. Determine the relative velocity of B with respect to A for an observer at rest relatively to A.
E6-2 Consider an isolated set of particles without interaction in a reference frameK at rest. Determine the total relativistic angular momentum
L =
X i ∧ P i,
X i = j ct + kI xi + kJ yi + kK zi,
P i = jE i
c + kI pxi + kJ pyi + kK pzi.
Define the center of energy of the set. Show that it moves with a constant velocity.
E6-3 Consider a hyperbolic rectilinear motion of a particle whose acceleration isconstant in the proper reference frame, at any instant. The particle being at restat the origin of the axes and of the time, determine the four-vector X = jct + kx
as a function of the parameter ϕ = gτ c
where τ is the proper time of the particle.Show that one obtains the classical results of a uniformly accelerated motion forsmall velocities ϕ 1.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 108/176
Chapter 7
Classical electromagnetism
Classical electromagnetism is treated within the Clifford algebra H ⊗ H over R.This chapter develops Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic waves and relativisticoptics.
7.1 Electromagnetic quantities
7.1.1 Four-current density and four-potential
Four-current density
Let ρ0 be the charge density in the proper frame and V = jγc + kγ v the four-velocity; the four-current density is defined by
C = ρ0V = jγρ0c + kγρ0v
= jρc + k j
with ρ = γρ0 and j = ρv. One obtains the relativistic invariant
CC c = ρ2c2 − ρ2 (v)2
= ρ2c2
1− v2
c2
= c2 ρ2
γ 2 = c2
ρ2
0
with γ = 1q 1− v2
c2
. Under a pure special Lorentz transformation, the four-current
density transforms as C = bC bc with b = cosh ϕ2 − iI sinh ϕ
2, tanh ϕ = w
c = β and
cosh ϕ = γ = 1√ 1−β2 ; explicitly, one has
ρc = γ
ρc− j1β
,
j1 = γ j1 − ρcβ
,
j2 = j2, j3 = j3.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 109/176
106 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
Consider a trivolume OM (α,β,γ ) = jx0 (α,β,γ )+kx (α,β,γ ) depending on threeparameters α, β,γ . The infinitesimal hyperplane dT is expressed by (4.17)
dT =
∂OM ∂α ∧ ∂OM ∂β ∧ ∂OM ∂γ
dαdβdγ
=
kdx1dx3dx2 + jI dx2dx3dx0
+ jJ dx3dx1dx0 + jK dx1dx2dx0
.
The dual dT ∗ of dT is given by
dT ∗ = idT
= jdx1dx2dx3 + kIdx2dx3dx0
+kJdx3
dx1
dx0
+ kKdx1
dx2
dx0
and is a four-vector orthogonal to dT . The relativistic invariant C · dT ∗ is givenby
C · dT ∗ =
ρcdx1dx2dx3 − ρv1dx2dx3dx0
−ρv2dx3dx1dx0 − ρv3dx1dx2dx0
;
in the proper frame C · dT ∗ = ρ0cdx1dx2dx3 = cdq where dq is the electric chargecontained in dT . The electric charge Q contained in the hyperplane T is given by
Q =
1
c T
C · dT ∗
for any Galilean frame. Furthermore, if one integrates over a closed four-volumeτ , one obtains
T
C · dT ∗ =
τ
(∇ · C ) dx0dx1dx2dx3
with the relation ∇ · C = ∂ρc∂x0
+ ∂ρv1
∂x1 + ∂ρv2
∂x2 + ∂ρv3
∂x3 = 0 expressing the con-
servation of electric charge. If the four-volume τ is limited by the hypersurfaces
H 1 (t1 = const.), H 2 (t2 = const.) and the lateral hypersurface H 3 at infinity, onehas (Figure 7.1)
H 1
C · dT ∗ +
H 2
C · dT ∗ +
H 3
C · dT ∗ = 0;
furthermore, the integral over H 3 is nil in the absence of electric charges at infinity,hence
Q2 =
H 2
C · dT ∗ = − H 1
C · dT ∗ = Q1
which expresses the conservation of electric charge.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 110/176
7.1. Electromagnetic quantities 107
t
t2
t1
H 2
H 1
H 3 τ
Figure 7.1: Conservation of electric charge: H 1 and H 2 are hyperplanes (at t con-stant) and H 3 is a lateral hypersurface at infinity.
Four-potential vector
Let V be the scalar potential and A the potential vector, the four-potential vector
is defined by A = j V c
+ kA yielding the relativistic invariant AAc = V 2
c2 − (A)
2.
Under a special Lorentz transformation, one has A = bAbc with b = cosh ϕ2 −
iI sinh ϕ
2
, tanh ϕ = wc = β and cosh ϕ = γ = 1
√ 1−β2
, hence
V
c = γ
V
c −A1β
,
A1 = γ
A1 − V
c β
,
A2 = A2, A3 = A3.
7.1.2 Electromagnetic field bivectorFour-nabla operator
The four-nabla operator
∇ = j ∂
c∂t − kI
∂
∂x1 − kJ
∂
∂x2 − kK
∂
∂x3
transforms under a general Lorentz transformation as a four-vector, i.e., ∇ =
a∇ac. Let us demonstrate it explicitly in the case of a pure special Lorentz trans-
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 111/176
108 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
formation. The transformation formulas are
ct = γ (ct + xβ ) ,
x = γ (x + βct) ,
y = y , z = z ,
with β = vc
and γ = 1q 1− v2
c2
. One then obtains
∂
c∂t =
1
c
∂
∂t
∂t
∂t +
∂
∂x
∂x
∂t +
∂
∂y
∂y
∂t +
∂
∂z
∂z
∂t
= γ ∂
c∂t − − ∂
∂xβ
with ∂t∂t
= γ , ∂x∂t
= γβc, ∂y∂t
= ∂z∂t
= 0. Furthermore,
− ∂
∂x = −
∂
∂x
∂x
∂x + ∂
∂t
∂t
∂x
= γ
− ∂
∂x − β
∂
c∂t
with ∂x∂x = γ , ∂t∂x = γ βc . Finally, one has
∂
c∂t = γ
∂
c∂t −
− ∂
∂x
β
,
− ∂
∂x = γ
− ∂
∂x − β
∂
c∂t
,
− ∂
∂y = − ∂
∂y, − ∂
∂z = − ∂
∂z ,
which shows that the four-nabla operator transforms indeed as a four-vector, thedemonstration being similar in the general case.
Electromagnetic field bivector
Let A = j V c
+ kA be the four-potential vector, let us define the Clifford number
F = ∇cA = −∇A
= (
∇ ·A) + (
∇∧A)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 112/176
7.1. Electromagnetic quantities 109
and adopt the Lorentz gauge (∇ · A) = ∂ (V
c )c∂t
+ ∂A1
∂x1 + ∂A2
∂x2 + ∂A3
∂x3 = 0, which gives
the electromagnetic field bivector
F = ∇∧A
= − rotA + i
− grad V
c − ∂ A
c∂t
= −B+ iE
c
with the usual definitions of the magnetic induction B and the electric field E,
B = rotA, E = −gradV − ∂ A
∂t . (7.1)
Under a gauge transformation
A → A = A +∇f
where f is an arbitrary scalar function, one obtains the same electromagnetic fieldbivector
F = ∇ ∧A = ∇∧A + (∇ ∧∇) f
= ∇ ∧A = F.
The electromagnetic field bivector yields the relativistic invariant
F 2 = F ·
F + F ∧
F
=
− (B)
2+
(E)2
c2 + 2i
E ·Bc
.
Under a pure special Lorentz transformation , one has
F = bF bc
with b = cosh ϕ2 − iI sinh ϕ
2 , tanh ϕ = vc
= β and cosh ϕ = γ = 1q 1− v2
c2
, hence
F =
−B1
I − B
2
cosh ϕ +
E 3
c sinh ϕ
J
+
−B3 cosh ϕ +
E 2
c sinh ϕ
K
+E 1
c iI +
E 2
c cosh ϕ−B3 sinh ϕ
iJ
+
E 3
c cosh ϕ + B2 sinh ϕ
iK
=
−B + i
E
c
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 113/176
110 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
or
B1 = B1, B2 = γ B2 + E 3
c β , B3 = γ B3 − E 2
c β ,
E 1 = E 1, E 2 = γ
E 2 −B3βc
, E 3 = γ
E 3 + B2βc
.
Under a general pure Lorentz transformation, one has F = bF bc with b =cosh ϕ
2 − ivv
sinh ϕ2 , tanh ϕ = v
c = β and cosh ϕ = γ = 1q
1− v2
c2
; hence the for-
mulas [40, p. 191]
B = γ
B +
v
v2 (v ·B)
1
γ − 1
− 1
c2 (v×E)
,
E = γ E + v
v2
(v
·E) 1
γ −1 + (v
×B) .
7.2 Maxwell’s equations
7.2.1 Differential formulation
In vacuum
With the Lorentz gauge ∇ · A = 0, one has
F =∇ ∧
A =−B + i
E
c ,
∇ ∧ F = ∇ ∧∇ ∧A = 0,
= k (− divB) + j
−∂ B
c∂t − rot
E
c
;
hence, one obtains two of the Maxwell’s equations
divB = 0, rotE = −∂ B
c∂t.
The two other equations are given by
∇ · F = µ0C
= j div E
c + k
rotB− 1
c2∂ E
∂t
with the four-current density C = jρc + kρv; one obtains with ε0µ0c2 = 1,
divE = µ0ρc2 = ρ
ε0,
rotB = 1
c
2
∂ E
∂t
+ µ0 j.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 114/176
7.2. Maxwell’s equations 111
The complete set of Maxwell’s equations reads
∇F = ∇∇cA = ∇ · F +∇ ∧ F
=
j div E
c + krotB− 1c2 ∂
E
∂t
+k (− divB) + j
−∂ B
c∂t − rot
E
c
= A = µ0C
with the d’Alembertian operator = ∇∇c = ∂ 2
c2∂t2 − and A = j V
c + kA the
four-potential vector. Hence, the equations
V
c = ρµ0c2 =
ρ
ε0,
A = µ0 j,
or equivalently
divB = 0, divE = ρ
ε0,
rotE = −∂ B
∂t ,
rotB = µ0
j +
∂ε0E
∂t
.
If one does not adopt the Lorentz gauge, one obtainsF = ∇cA = −∇A
=
divA +
∂V
c∂t
−B + i
E
c
which is not a bivector but an element of C +. One obtains the same Maxwell’sequations
∇F = ∇∇cA
= A = µ0C.
Since ∇ · C = 0 expresses the conservation of electric charge, one has
∇ · (A) = µ0∇ · C
= (∇ · A) = 0,
a condition which is less restrictive than the Lorentz gauge ∇ ·A = 0. The covari-ance of Maxwell’s equations is manifest since under a general Lorentz transforma-tion any Clifford number X transforms as X = aX ac (aac = 1) and thus
∇F = µ0C = a∇F ac
= aµ0Cac;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 115/176
112 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
hence, ∇F = µ0C .
Perfect dielectric or magnetic medium
Consider the bivectors F = −B + iEc , G = −H + icD. Maxwell’s equations are
expressed by
∇∧ F = 0,
∇ · G = C = jρc + kρv
= j div(cD) + k
rotH− ∂ D
∂t
ordivB = 0, divD = ρ,
rotE = −∂ B
∂t , rotH = j +
∂ D
∂t .
The bivector G yields the relativistic invariant
G2 = G · G + G ∧G
= −H2 + c2D2 + 2icD ·H.
Under a pure special Lorentz transformation, G transforms as G = bGbc withb = cosh ϕ
2 −iI sinh ϕ
2, tanh ϕ = v
c = β and cosh ϕ = γ = 1
q 1− v
2
c2
, hence
H x = H x,
H y = γ (H y + vDz) ,
H z = γ (H z − vDy) ,
Dx = Dx,
Dy = γ
Dy − v
H zc2
,
Dz = γ
Dz + vH yc2
.
Under a general pure Lorentz transformation, one has G = bGbc with b = cosh ϕ2−
ivv
sinh ϕ2 , tanh ϕ = v
c = β and cosh ϕ = γ = 1q
1− v2
c2
; hence
H = γ
H +
v
v2 (v ·H)
1
γ − 1
− (v×D)
, (7.2)
D = γ D+ v
v2 (v ·D)
1
γ − 1 + v ×
H
c2 , (7.3)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 116/176
7.2. Maxwell’s equations 113
and the inverse formulas
H = γ H +
v
v2 (v ·H)
1
γ − 1 + (v×D) ,
D = γ
D +
v
v2 (v ·D)
1
γ − 1
−v × H
c2
.
As an application, consider a perfect medium in the proper reference frame K
with B = µ0µrH, D = ε0εrE
, moving with respect to a Galilean reference frame(at rest) K with a velocity v. Using the transformation formulas (7.2), (7.3), oneobtains
B + v
v2 (v ·B)
1
γ − 1
− 1
c2 (v× E)
(7.4)
= µ0µrH+ v
v2 (v ·H)
1γ − 1
− (v ×D)
, (7.5)
D +
v
v2 (v ·D)
1
γ − 1
+
v× H
c2
(7.6)
= ε0εr
E +
v
v2 (v ·E)
1
γ − 1
+ (v ×B)
. (7.7)
Furthermore, from equations (7.5), (7.7) one deduces the relations
v ·B = µ0µrv ·H,v ·D = ε0εrv ·E.
Equations (7.5), (7.7) then become
B− 1
c2 (v× E) = µ0µr [H− (v ×D)] , (7.8)
D +
v × H
c2
= ε0εr [E + (v ×B)] ; (7.9)
taking H from equation (7.8) and replacing it in equation (7.9) one finds [7, p.
239]
D = ε0εrE +ε0
εr − 1
µr
1− β 2
v×B− v × E
c2
.
Similarly, taking D from equation (7.9) and replacing it in equation (7.8) oneobtains
H = B
µ0µr+
ε0
εr − 1
µr
1 − β 2
v × (E + v ×B) .
One observes that D and H depend on E and B as well as on the velocity of the
material.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 117/176
114 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
Arbitrary dielectric or magnetic medium
In an arbitrary dielectric or magnetic medium, with a polarization density P anda magnetization density M, one has the relations
D = ε0E + P,
B = µ0 (H + M)
which one can write in the form
F = µ0 (G + N )
with the bivectors F = −B+ iEc , G = −H+ icD and N = −M− icP. Maxwell’s
equation
∇ ·G = C (with C = jρc + kρv) then becomes
∇ ·G = ∇ ·
F
µ0−N
= C
or∇ · F = µ0 (C + ∇ ·N )
with
∇ · N = j div (−cP) + k
rotM+
∂ P
∂t
,
∇ · F = j div
E c
+ k
rotB− 1
c2∂ E∂t
,
hence, the relations
divE = 1
c (ρ− divP) ,
rotB = µ0
j +
∂ P
∂t + rotM
+ ε0µ0
∂ E
∂t .
The entire set of Maxwell’s equations is expressed by (with ∇ ∧
F = 0)
∇F = ∇ · F +∇ ∧ F = A
= µ0C + µ0∇ ·N
or
V = ρ − div P
ε0,
A = µ0 j + ∂ P
∂t + rotM .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 118/176
7.2. Maxwell’s equations 115
Consequently, one can replace the medium by a distribution, in vacuum, of chargedensity ρ = divP and a current density j = ∂ P
∂t + rotM. Under a general pure
Lorentz transformation, the bivector magnetization-polarization N transforms as
N = bN bc with b = cosh ϕ
2 − iv
v sinh ϕ
2 , tanh ϕ = vc = β and cosh ϕ = γ =
1q 1− v2
c2,
hence
M = γ
M +
v
v2 (v ·M)
1
γ − 1
+ (v ×P)
,
P = γ
P +
v
v2 (v ·P)
1
γ − 1
−v × M
c2
and the inverse formulas
M = γ M +
v
v2 (v ·M) 1
γ − 1− (v×P)
,
P = γ
P +
v
v2 (v ·P)
1
γ − 1
+
v × M
c2
.
For low velocities (γ 1), one obtains
M = M − v ×P,
P = P + v × M
c2 .
If, in the proper reference frame K , one has M = 0 and P = 0, then in thereference frame at rest K one has M = −v ×P; if in K , P = 0, M = 0, thenone obtains in K a polarization
P = v × M
c2 .
7.2.2 Integral formulation
The relativistic integral formulation of Maxwell’s equations in vacuum results fromthe general formulas valid for any bivector F (4.20), (4.21)
F · dS =
(∇ ∧ F ) · dT, F ∧ dS = −
(∇ · F ) ∧ dT,
with dS = dS + idS,
dS = dydzI + dzdxJ + dxdyK,
dS = cdxdtI + cdydtJ + cdzdtK,
dT =
−kdxdydz + j (dydzcdtI + dzdxcdtJ + dxdycdtK ) ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 119/176
116 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
and where the integration is taken on a closed surface . Considering F = −B+ iEc
with ∇ ∧ F = 0 and ∇ · F = µ0C , one obtains [4, p. 227]
F · dS =
Bxdydz + Bydzdx + Bzdxdy+E xdxdt + E ydydt + E zdzdt
= 0,
F ∧ dS = i
c
E xdydz + E ydzdx + E zdxdy−Bxdxcdt −Bydycdt −Bzdzcdt
= iµ0
(ρcdxdydz − jxdydzdt− jydzdxcdt − jzdxdycdt) .
If one operates at t constant, one finds again the standard equations (in classicalthree-vector formulation)
B · dS = 0,
E · dS =
q
ε0.
Furthermore, using the general formula (4.18) A · dl = −
(∇ ∧A) · dS
one obtains for the four-potential vector A (with the Lorentz gauge ∇ ·A = 0) A · dl = −
F · dS
or [4, p. 231]
A · dx− V dt =
Bxdydz + Bydzdx + Bzdxdy
+E xdxdt + E ydydt + E zdzdt
.
At t constant, one obtains the classical vector formulation of Stokes’ theorem
A · dl =
rotA · dS =
B · dS.
7.2.3 Lorentz force
The four-force density (per unit volume of the laboratory frame) is expressed withF = −B + iE
c and C = jρc + kρv by
f = F · C
= j ( j
·E) + k (ρE + j
×B) ;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 120/176
7.2. Maxwell’s equations 117
f can also be expressed in the form (with ∇F = µ0C and ∇ = ∂ αeα)
f = F C − CF
2
= 1
2µ0
[F (
∇F )
−(
∇F ) F ]
= 1
2µ0
F (∂ αeαF ) − (∂ αeαF ) F
=
1
2µ0[∂ α (F eαF )− (∂ αF ) eαF − (∂ αeαF ) F ] .
Since
∇ ∧ F = ∇F + F ∇
2
=
1
2 [∂ α (eα
F ) + (∂ αF ) eα
] = 0
it follows that
f = 1
2µ0∂ α (F eαF ) = −∂ αtα
with
tα = −F eαF
2µ0= T αβeβ
where T αβ is the energy-momentum tensor; tα is a four-vector since (tα)c = −tα
(with F c =−
F ). One obtains for tα,
t0 = j(B ·H + E ·D)
2 + k
E×H
c ,
t1 = j(E×H)1
c +
k
µ0
B2+E
2
c2
2 −B2
1 − E 21
c2
I
−
B1B2 + E 1E 2c2
J −
B1B3 + E 1E 3
c2
K
,
t2 = j(E×H)2
c +
k
µ0
−
B1B2 + E 1E 2c2
I
B2+E
2
c2
2
−B22
− E 2
2
c2 J
− B2B3 + E 2E 3c2 K
,
t3 = j(E×H)3
c +
k
µ0
−
B1B3 + E 1E 3
c2
I
−
B2B3 + E 2E 3c2
J +
B2+E
2
ce
2 − B23 − E 2
3
c2
K
.
The four-vectors tα constitute the energy-current density (α = 0) and the mo-mentum-current density along the three axes (x,y,z); the α component of thefour-momentum of the electromagnetic field of a trivolume T is given by
P α = tα
·(dT ∗) .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 121/176
118 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
The symmetry of the energy-momentum tensor T αβ of the electromagnetic fieldcan be verified directly on the components of tα
tα
· eβ
= tβ
· eα
= T αγ eγ · eβ = T αβ = T βα;
it is sufficient to verify the equality
(F eαF ) · eβ = eα · F eβF
, (7.10)
F a = aF (7.11)
with a = eαF eβ − eβF eα ∈ C +; since a = ac, a is constituted by a scalar and a
pseudoscalar, and thus commutes with F , which demonstrates the equality (7.10).
7.3 Electromagnetic waves
7.3.1 Electromagnetic waves in vacuum
Starting from Maxwell’s equations ∇F = µ0C with F = −B+ iEc , C = jρc + k j,
one obtains in the absence of electric charges and currents
∇c∇F = F = 0
where = ∇∇c = ∂ 2
c2∂t2 − is the d’Alembertian operator; hence
B = 0, E = 0.
A sinusoidal plane wave rectilinearly polarized is, in complex notation, of the type
F = F mei(ωt−k·r) = −B + i
E
c
where F m = −Bm + iEm
c is a constant bivector (Bm,Em real). One has, in a
vacuum,
∇F = i j
ω
c + kk
F
= i
j−k·Ec
+ k (k ·B)
+ j (k×E−Bω) + k−k×B− ωE
c2
= 0 ;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 122/176
7.3. Electromagnetic waves 119
hence, the relations characterizing the plane wave
k ·E = 0, (7.12)
k ·B = 0, (7.13)B =
k× E
ω , (7.14)
E = − (k×B) c2
ω . (7.15)
The relation
∇c∇F =ω
c j + kk
2F =
−ω2
c2 + k · k
F = 0
gives the norm of k,
|k
|=ω
c and the phase velocity v = ω
|k
| = c.
For a plane wave polarized elliptically, one just needs to take F m complex.
7.3.2 Electromagnetic waves in a conductor
Consider a conductor having a permittivity = ε0, a permeability µ = µ0 and aconductivity γ ( j = γ E). Maxwell’s equations are expressed by ∇F = µ0C , hence
∇c∇F = F = µ0∇cC (7.16)
= µ0 (∇ · C + ∇ ∧C ) = µ0 (∇ ∧ C ) (7.17)
= µ0− rotj + i
− ∂ j
c∂t − (c)grad ρ
(7.18)
with the conservation of electric charge (∇ · C = 0). Using the relations j = γ Eand ∇ ∧ F = 0, equation (7.18) becomes
F + γµ0∂F
∂t = −i(µ0c)grad ρ.
In the absence of an electric charge density (ρ = 0), one has
F + γµ0∂F
∂t = 0. (7.19)
Consider a sinusoidal plane wave rectilinearly polarized F = F meit(ωt−k·r) withthe constant bivector F m = −Bm + iEm
c . Equation (7.19) gives with
∂F
∂t = iωF , F =
−ω2
c2 + |k|2
F
a complex expression of k
|k|2 = ω2
c2 − iωγµ0.
The structure of the plane wave results from equation ∇F = µ0C with C =
C me
i(ωt
−k
·r)
and yields the relations (7.12), (7.13), (7.14), (7.15) with k
complex.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 123/176
120 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
7.3.3 Electromagnetic waves in a perfect medium
Wave equation
In a perfect medium, one has the relations
∇∧ F = 0, ∇ · G = C
with F = −B+ iEc , G = −H + icD, C = jρc + k j. Hence
∇∧ (∇ ·G) = ∇ ∧ C (7.20)
with
∇∧ (∇ ·G) =
rot ∂ D
∂t − rot (rotH)
+i
∂ 2Dc∂t2
− (c)grad (divD)− ∂ rotHc∂t
,
∇ ∧ C = − rot j + i
− ∂ j
c∂t − (c)grad ρ
.
Equation (7.20) can be written in the form
G
−εµ
∂ 2G
∂t2
= γµ∂G
∂t
+ grad (divD) .
In a nonconducting medium (γ = 0) and in the absence of an electric chargedensity, one obtains the wave equation
G− εµ∂ 2G
∂t2 = 0. (7.21)
Introducing the operator ∇ = j ∂ v∂t −k∇, G = −H + vD, F = −B+ iE
v = µG,
C = jρv + k j and the constant v = 1√ εµ
, Maxwell’s equations are expressed by [5]
∇ ∧G = 0,
∇ · G = C
or ∇G = C . Hence, the wave equation
∇c∇G = ∇
cC
= G.
In a nonconducting medium (γ = 0), one finds again the equation (7.21).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 124/176
7.4. Relativistic optics 121
Sinusoidal plane wave rectilineraly polarized
Consider G = Gmei
(ωt−k·r) with the constant bivector Gm = −Hm + ivDm and
v = 1
√ εµ. In the absence of a four-current density C , one has
∇G = i
jω
v + kk
G
= i
j (−vk ·D) + k (k ·H)
+ j
vk×D− Hωv
+ k (−k×H−Dω)
= 0;
hence, the relations characterizing the plane wave
k
·D = 0,
k ·H = 0,
H = v2k×D
ω ,
D = −k×H
ω .
7.4 Relativistic optics
7.4.1 Fizeau experiment (1851)
In the Fizeau experiment (Figure 7.2), one observes at O a system of interferencefringes when the water is at rest. When the water circulates, the fringes move andthe experiment has determined the velocity of light in the moving water to be
v = c
n ±
1 − 1
n2
w
whereas the classical theory predicts
v = c
n ± w.
Classical theory
The variation of the optical path δ between the two experiments is
∆δ = c
Lcn − w
− Lcn + w
= 2Lcwc2
n2
−w2 2Ln2w
c .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 125/176
122 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
L1 L2
T 1
T 2
L f
water inflowsource
w
w
Figure 7.2: Fizeau experiment (1851): when the water is at rest, one observesinterference fringes; when the water circulates, the fringes move which allows oneto determine the velocity of light in the moving water.
The variation of the order of interference is
∆ pc = ∆δ
λ0=
2Ln2w
cλ0.
Relativistic theory
Let K be the proper frame of the water in motion with cn
the speed of light withrespect to K . With respect to the frame at rest K , the velocities of light withrespect to the tubes T 1, T 2 are respectively using the formula (6.11),
v1 =cn − w
1− wnc
c
n −
1 − 1
n2
w,
v2 =cn
+ w
1 + w
nc
c
n
+ 1
−
1
n2w,
hence, a variation of the optical path δ ,
∆δ = c
L
v1− L
v2
= 2Lcw
n2 − 1
c2 − n2w2
2Lw
c
n2 − 1
;
the variation of the order of interference is
∆ pr = ∆δ
λ0=
2Lw
cλ0 n2 − 1 .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 126/176
7.4. Relativistic optics 123
Example. Take w = 10 m/s, L = 5 m, λ0 = 0, 6 µm, n = 4/3, one obtains
∆ pc = 0, 99; ∆ pr = 0, 43.
7.4.2 Doppler effect
Consider an optical source at rest within the proper frame R moving with avelocity w with respect to the frame at rest R (Figure 7.3).
w
y
x
z
y
x
z
O O
R R
Figure 7.3: Doppler effect: an optical source (at rest in R), of frequency f , locatedat O moves with a velocity w along the Ox axis. In the reference frame R, themeasured frequency is f .
Let K = j ω
c + kk be the wave four-vector in R and K = j ω
c + kk the wave
four-vector in R. One has with kx = k cos θ and f, f designating the frequencies
ω = γ
ω + kx
w
c
= γω
1 + cos θ
w
c
,
f = γf
1 + cos θw
c
.
Longitudinal Doppler effect
1. θ = 0 (the source moves towards the observer located at O, Figure 7.4)
f = γf
1 + w
c
= f
1 + w
c
1− wc
≥ f ;
2. θ = π (the source recedes from the observer, Figure 7.4)
f = γf
1− w
c
= f
1− w
c
1 + wc
≤ f .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 127/176
124 Chapter 7. Classical electromagnetism
θ
yy y y y
x x
O O O
O
w
k
k w
θ = 0 θ = π
Figure 7.4: Longitudinal Doppler effect: in the case θ = 0, the wave is emitted inthe direction of w towards the observer located at O in the frame R; for θ = π,the direction of propagation of the wave is opposed to that of the velocity w of the frame R with respect to R.
Transversal Doppler effect (θ = ±π2
)
In this case, one has
f = γf = f
1− w2
c2
.
7.4.3 Aberration of distant stars
With respect to the reference frame R of the sun, let v (vx = 0, vy =
−c, vz = 0)
be the velocity of light coming from a distant star located on the Oy axis (Figure7.5).
y y
x x
O O
v
v v
y
v
x
R R
EarthSolar
Figure 7.5: Aberration of distant stars: in the reference frame R of the sun, thevelocity of light coming from a star located on the Oy axis is v; in the referenceframe R of the Earth having a velocity w with respect to R, the velocity of light
is v
.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 128/176
7.5. Exercises 125
The velocity v in the mobile reference frame of the Earth is given by equation(6.8)
vx =
vx
−w
1 − vxwc2 = −w,
vy =vy
1 − w2
c2
1− vxwc2
= −c
1− w2
c2 ,
vz =vz
1 − w2
c2
1− vxwc2
= 0.
The angle θ under which one sees the star from the Earth is given by
tan θ =vx
vy
= w
c
1 − w2
c2= γ
w
c .
7.5 Exercises
E7-1 Consider a charge q located at the origin of a reference frame K moving witha constant velocity v along the Ox axis of a reference frame K at rest. Determinethe four-potential and the electromagnetic field in the frame K at rest.
E7-2 Consider an infinite linear distribution of charges with a linear density λ0
(λ0
> 0) along the Ox axis of a reference frame K moving with a velocity v alongthe Ox axis of a reference frame K at rest. Along the Ox axis of the referenceframe K , one has an infinite linear distribution with a linear density −λ (λ > 0)of charges at rest. Knowing that the total linear density of charges in the referenceframe K at rest is nil, determine the electromagnetic field created in K by thesecharges at the point M (x, r, 0). A particle of charge q moves with a velocity vin K , parallel to the Ox axis (at the distance r). Determine the force exerted bythe two sets of charges in the reference frame K and in the proper frame of theparticle.
E7-3 Consider the electromagnetic field
F = −I + 2 iJ c
(Bx = 1T, E y = 2V/m)
in the reference frame of the laboratory K at rest . Determine the electromagneticfield in the reference frame moving with respect to K with a velocity c
2 in thedirection (1, 1, 0) of K .
E7-4 Show that Maxwell’s equations in vacuum without sources are invariantunder the transformation
F → F ∗ = iF (i.e., B→ E
c , E
c → −B).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 129/176
Chapter 8
General relativity
The general theory of relativity is developed within the Clifford algebra H⊗H overR. Einstein’s equations and the equation of motion are given as well as applicationssuch as the Schwarzschild metric and the linear approximation.
8.1 Riemannian space
Consider a four-dimensional space with the elementary displacement DM = ωieiand the affine connection Dei = ωj
i ej . The covariant differentiation of the vectorA is defined by
DA = dA + dω·
A
with 2dω = ωijei ∧ ej et ωij = ωik(ek · ej). The reciprocal basis eα is defined by
eµ · eυ = δ µυ (e0 = e0, e1 = −e1, e2 = −e2, e3 = −e3) where e0, e1, e2, e3 areunitary orthogonal vectors. Under a Lorentz transformation A = f Af c, one has
DA = f DAf c,
dω = fdωf c − 2df f c.
A Riemannian space is a space without torsion but with a curvature. The absenceof torsion is expressed by
D2(D1M ) − D1(D2M ) = 0 (8.1)
where D1, D2 are two linearly independent directions. Writing dω = I kdxk , DM =σmdxm, condition (8.1) leads to the relations
I k · σm − I m · σk = ∂σk
∂xm − ∂σm
∂xk
which determine I k when DM is given. The existence of a curvature is expressedby the relations
(D2D1 − D1D2)A = Ω · A
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 130/176
128 Chapter 8. General relativity
where Ω is a bivector defined by
Ω = (d2d1 − d1d2)ω + [d2ω, d1ω]
= ΩkmdS km
/2
=
∂ I k∂xm
− ∂I m∂xk
− [I k, I m]
d1xkd2xm
with 2Ωkm = −Rijkmei ∧ ej and dS = D1M ∧ D2M = dS kmek ∧ em/2. Bianchi’s
first identity is given by
Ωij · ek + Ωjk · ei + Ωki · ej = 0, (8.2)
Ωij · (ek ∧ em) = Ωkm · (ei ∧ ej), (8.3)
where relation (8.3) results from the preceeding equation. Bianchi’s second identityis expressed by
Ωij;k + Ωjk;i + Ωki;j = 0
with D3Ω(d2, d1) = d3Ω + [d3ω, Ω] = Ωij;kωi(d2)ωj(d1)ωk(d3). The Ricci tensorRik = Rh
ihk and the curvature R = Rkk are obtained by the relations
Rk = Ωik · ei = Rikei,
R = (Ωik · ei) · ek = Ωik · (ei ∧ ek).
8.2 Einstein’s equations
To deduce Einstein’s equations from a variational principle, we shall use themethod of the exterior calculus but within the framework of a Clifford algebraand without using the exterior product of differential forms. Adopting, for sim-plicity, an orthogonal curvilinear coordinate system, we can write
L =
R√ −gdx0dx1dx2dx3
=
Ωik · (ei ∧ ek)ω0ω1ω2ω3
with √ −gdx0dx1dx2dx3 = ω0ω1ω2ω3. Taking the dual, we obtain
L∗ =
Ωik ∧
ei ∧ ek
∗ω0ω1ω2ω3.
The variation gives
δL∗ =
ΩikωI ωK ∧ δ
ei ∧ ek
∗ωGωH
+ δ ΩikωI ωK
∧ ei ∧ ek∗
ωGωH
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 131/176
8.3. Equation of motion 129
with i = I , k = K and where the second integral vanishes. Furthermore, one has
δ ei ∧ ek∗
= δ (eγ ) ∧ eγ · ei ∧ ek∗
= −δ (eγ ) ∧
ei ∧ ek ∧ eγ
∗= −δ (eγ ) ∧
ei ∧ ek ∧ eγ
∗.
Hence
δL∗ =
ΩikωI ωK ∧
δ (ωgeγ ) ∧
ei ∧ ek ∧ eγ
∗ωh
= − δ (ωgeγ ) ∧ Ωik ∧ ei ∧ ek ∧ eγ ∗
ωI ωK ωh
= 0
with g = γ , i = I , k = K (without summation). Finally, one obtains Einstein’sequations in a vacuum
Ωij ∧
ei ∧ ej ∧ ek∗
= 0.
In the presence of an energy-momentum distribution, one has
1
2Ωij ∧
ei ∧ ej ∧ ek
∗= κ
T k∗
(8.4)
with T k = T ikei,κ = 8πG/c4 where T ik is the energy-momentum tensor ([50],
[23], [34]). The standard expression of Einstein’s equations is obtained as follows.Taking the dual of equation (8.4), one obtains
−1
2Ωij ·
ei ∧ ej ∧ ek
= κ
T k
.
Using the formula (B · T ) · V = (B ∧ V ) · T where B, T , V are respectively abivector, a trivector and a vector, one has
− 1
2Ωij · ei ∧ ej ∧ ek · eµ =
1
2Rαβij (eα ∧ eβ ∧ eµ) · ei ∧ ej ∧ ek
= −12
Rαβij δ ijkαβµ = Rβk
βµ − 12
δ kµR
= κ T k · eµ = κ T ikei · eµ = κ T kµ .
8.3 Equation of motion
To obtain the equation of motion, one writes
δS =
−mc δ (ds) = 0
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 132/176
130 Chapter 8. General relativity
with δ (ds) = δ (ds)2 /2ds and ds2 = DM ·DM = (σi · σk) dxidxk. One obtains
δS = −mc (δσi · σk) uiukds − mc (σl · σk) uk dδxl
= A + B = 0
with ui = dxi/ds. The second term B can be rewritten in the form
B = −mc
(σl · σk) uk
δxl + mc
δxld
(σl · σk) uk
.
Since, δσi = σi,lδxl + δω · σi with δω = I kdxk, one obtains
− ∂σi
∂xl + I l · σi · σkuiuk +
d (σl · σk)
ds uk + (σl · σk) duk
ds = 0
or, equivalently,
−∂σi
∂xl +
∂σl
∂xi − I l · σi + I i · σl
· σkukui
+σl ·
∂σk∂xi
+ I i · σk
uiuk + (σl · σk)
duk
ds
= 0
where the expression in brackets vanishes in the absence of torsion. One thusobtains
σl · du
ds + I iui
· u
= 0
with the four-velocity u = DM/ds = σiui and the ordinary derivative du/ds.Finally, the equation of motion is expressed by
Du
ds =
du
ds +
dω
ds · u = 0.
8.4 Applications
8.4.1 Schwarzschild metric
Consider a metric having a spherical symmetry and the elementary displacementDM ,
ds2 = e2ac2dt2 − e2bdr2 − r2dθ2 − r2(sin θ)2dϕ2,
DM = eacdte0 + ebdre1 + rdθe2 + r sin θdϕe3
where a, b are functions of t and r. The bivector dω is given by
dω = cos θdϕI − e−b sin θdϕJ + e−bdθK + aea−b +b
ce−a+b iI
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 133/176
8.4. Applications 131
where the prime and the point designate respectively a partial derivative withrespect to r and t. The bivectors Ωik are given by
Ω01 =
a
+ (a
)2
− a
b
e−2b
+−b − b
2+ ba
e−2a
c2
iI ,
Ω02 =be−a−b
rc K +
ae−2b
r iJ, Ω03 = − be−a−b
rc J +
ae−2b
r iK,
Ω12 = be−2b
r K +
b
rce−a−biJ, Ω13 = −be−2b
r J +
b
rce−a−biK,
Ω23 =
1 − e−2b
r2
I.
Einstein’s equations, in a vacuum, are
Ω23 ∧ e1 − Ω13 ∧ e2 + Ω12 ∧ e3 = 0,
−Ω23 ∧ e0 + Ω03 ∧ e2 − Ω02 ∧ e3 = 0,
Ω13 ∧ e0 − Ω03 ∧ e1 + Ω01 ∧ e3 = 0,
−Ω12 ∧ e0 + Ω02 ∧ e1 − Ω01 ∧ e2 = 0.
Developing these four equations, one obtains respectively
−1 − e−2b
r2 +
2be−2b
r k − 2b
cre−a−b jI = 0, (8.5)
−
1 − e−2b
r2 − 2ae−2b
r
jI +
2b
cre−a−bk = 0, (8.6)
−
b − a
r e−2b
+
(b + b2 − ba)e−2a
c2 − (a + a2 − ab)e−2b
jJ = 0, (8.7)
−
b − a
r e−2b
+
(b + b2 − ba) e−2a
c2 − (a + a2 − ab)e−2b
jK = 0. (8.8)
From equations (8.5), (8.6), one obtains b = 0 and a + b = 0 or equivalentlylog e2(a+b) = C where C = 0 because e2a = e2b = 1 at infinity; hence a + b = 0.Equation (8.5) then gives
e−2b (2br − 1) + 1 = 0,re−2b
= 0,
e−2b = 1 + C 1
r
,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 134/176
132 Chapter 8. General relativity
and taking C 1 = −2m (with m = GM/c2), one has e2b = e−2a =
1 − 2mr
−1
which determines completely the Schwarzschild metric. Finally, one has
ds2 =
1 − 2m
r
c2dt2 −1 − 2m
r−1
dr2 − r2dθ2 − r2 sin2 θdϕ2,
dω = cos θdϕI +
1 − 2m
r
1/2
(− sin θdϕJ + dθK ) + mcdt
r2 iI,
Ω01 = −2m
r3 iI, Ω02 =
m
r3iJ, Ω03 =
m
r3iK,
Ω12 = −m
r3K, Ω13 =
m
r3J, Ω23 =
2m
r3 I.
The equation of motion is expressed simply in the form
Duds
= duds
+ dωds · u = 0.
Developing this expression along the axes e0, e1, e2, e3 one obtains respectively
d
ds
1 − 2m
r
cdt
ds
= 0, (8.9)
d
ds
1 − 2m
r
−
1
2 dr
ds
=
1− 2m
r
1
2
−m
r2cdt
ds
2+ rdθ
ds
2+r sin2 θ
dϕ
ds 2
, (8.10)
d
ds
r2
dθ
ds
= r2 sin θ
dϕ
ds
2, (8.11)
d
ds
r2 sin2 θ
dϕ
ds
= 0. (8.12)
Adopting θ = π/2, it follows from the equations (8.9), (8.12) that1 − 2m
r
cdt
ds = k, r2
dϕ
ds = h,
where k and h are constants. The relation ucu = 1 is expressed by1 − 2m
r
cdt
ds
2
−
1 − 2m
r
−1
dr
ds
2
− r2
dϕ
ds
2
= 1,
or with w = 1/r,dr
ds = −h
dw
dϕ,
d2r
ds2 = −h2w2 d2w
dϕ2 .
The projection of the equation on the axis e1 then leads to the relation
d2w
dϕ2
+ w = m
h2
+ 3mw2
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 135/176
8.4. Applications 133
which is the relativistic form of Binet’s equation and from which one can deducethe precession of the perihelion of Mercury in the usual way ([34]), ([46]).
8.4.2 Linear approximation
Consider the elementary displacement DM = ωiei with ωi = dxi + hijdxj where
hij = hji = ηikhkj is small as compared to 1 [50, p. 186]. The bivectors dω andΩkm are given by
2dω = (hik,j − hjk,i)ei ∧ ejdxk,
2Ωkm = (hik,jm − him,jk)ei ∧ ej.
Using the relation (ei ∧ ej) · eJ = ei (if J = j = i) and nil otherwise, one obtains,in a vacuum, with harmonic coordinates (2hmi,i = hii,m),
Rk = Ωkm · ei = −(hmk )em = 0,
the last equation being a gravitational wave equation (with = ∂ 2
c2∂t2 − ∂ 2
∂x2 −∂ 2
∂y2 − ∂ 2
∂z2 ). Writing
γ km = hkm − 1
2ηkmh
with h = hmm one obtains Einstein’s equations
−γ k = κ T k
(with γ k
= γ mk
em).If one considers a homogeneous sphere (of mass M and radius r0) rotatingslowly with an angular velocity ω around the axis Oz , one integrates the aboveequations and obtains the metric (with m = GM/c2) for r ≥ r0,
ds2 =
1 − 2m
r
c2dt2 −
1 +
2m
r
dx2 + dy2 + dz2
− 4GIω
c3r3 (ydx − xdy) cdt
with I = 2M r20/5. The elementary displacement is
DM = ωiei = (dxi + hijdxj)ei
withh00 = h11 = h22 = h33 = −m/r,
h01 = −GIωy/c3r3, h02 = −GIωx/c3r3,
the other hij being equal to zero. The bivector dω = 12
(hik,j − hjk,i)ei ∧ ejdxk
gives the equation of motion
Du
ds =
− j (u1h00,1 + u2h00,2 + u3h00,3)
+kI (−h00,1 + u3Ω2 − u2Ω3)+kJ (−h00,2 + u1Ω3 − u3Ω1)
+kK (−h00,3 + u2Ω1 − u1Ω2)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 136/176
134 Chapter 8. General relativity
with h00,1 = mx/r3, h00,2 = my/r3, h00,3 = mz/r3 and
Ω1 = h30,2 − h20,3 = 3GIωxz/c3r5,
Ω2 = h10,3 − h30,1 = 3GIωyz/c3r5,Ω3 = h20,1 − h10,2 = GI ω
2z2 − x2 − y2
/c3r5,
which puts in evidence the Thirring precession with respect to the local inertialframe.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 137/176
Conclusion
From the abstract quaternion group, we have defined the quaternion algebra H,then the complex quaternion algebra H(C) and the Clifford algebra H ⊗H. Thequaternion algebra gives a representation of the rotation group SO(3) well-known
for its simplicity and its immediate physical significance. The Clifford algebraH⊗Hyields a double representation of the Lorentz group containing the SO(3) group asa particular case and having also an immediate physical meaning. Furthermore,the algebra H⊗H constitutes the framework of a relativistic multivector calculus,equipped with an associative exterior product and interior products generalizingthe classical vector and scalar products. This calculus remains relatively close tothe classical vector calculus which it contains as a particular case. The Cliffordalgebra H⊗H allows us to easily formulate special relativity, classical electromag-netism and general relativity. In complexifying H⊗H, one obtains the Dirac alge-bra, Dirac’s equation, relativistic quantum mechanics and a simple formulation of
the unitary group SU(4) and the symplectic unitary group USp(2,H). Algebraic ornumerical computations within the Clifford algebra H⊗H have become straight-forward with software such as Mathematica. We hope to have shown that theClifford algebras H⊗H over R and C constitute a coherent, unified, framework of mathematical tools for special relativity, classical electromagnetism, general rel-ativity and relativistic quantum mechanics. The quaternion group consequentlyappears via the Clifford algebra as a fundamental structure of physics revealingits deep harmony.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 138/176
Appendix A
Solutions
Chapter 1S1-1
i2 = j2 = k2 = ij k = −1,
(−i) ijk = jk = i,
k = − ji,
ijk (−k) = ij = k,
j = −ik,
i = −kj, etc.S1-2
|a| =√
2, |b| =√
25 = 5, a−1 = 1
2(1 − i), b−1 =
1
5(4 + 3 j),
a + b = 5 + i − 3 j, ab = 4 + 4i − 3 j − 3k, ba = 4 + 4i − 3 j + 3k,
a =√
21 + i√
2=√
2(cos45 + i sin45) ,
b = 54− 3 j
5 = 5 (cos36, 87 − sin36, 87) ,
√ a = 21/2
cos
45
2 + i sin
45
2
,
√ b = 51/2
cos
36, 87
2 − i sin
36, 87
2
,
a1/3 = 21/6
cos 45
3 + i sin
45
3
= 21/6 (cos 15 + i sin15) .
S1-3
acax + acxb = acc,
axb + xb2 = cb,
x aac + b2 + 2S (a)b = acc + cbc;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 139/176
138 Appendix A. Solutions
the latter is a equation of the type xα = β, α, β ∈ H which one solves in x.
Answer: 2ix + xj = k, x = 1
3(2 j − i).
S1-4axbb−1 + cxdb−1 = eb−1,
c−1ax + xdb−1 = c−1eb−1;
one finds an equation of the type of the previous exercice and solves similarly;Answer: x = 2 + i.
S1-5
x−1x2 = x−1xa + x−1bx,
x = a + x−1
bx,xx−1 = ax−1 + x−1b = 1;
Answer: x = 1
5 (−6 j + 3k.).
Chapter 2
S2-1
Aα = cos α
−sin α 0
sin α cos α 00 0 1
, Aβ =
cos β 0 sin β
0 1 0− sin β 0 cos β
,
Aγ =
1 0 0
0 cos γ − sin γ
0 sin γ cos γ
.
S2-2
dA = rdArc + drArc + rAdrc
= r (dA + rcdrA + Adrcr) rc ;
since rcdr = −drcr (which is obtained by differentiating rrc = 1), one obtainswith dΩ = 2rcdr,
dA = r (dA + rcdrA − Arcdr) rc
= r
dA +
dΩ
2 A − A dΩ
2
rc = r (dA + dΩ × A) rc = rDArc;
DA = dA + dΩ × A ;
dΩ
dt is the angular velocity with respect to the moving frame.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 140/176
139
S2-3
A = f Af c (f = gcr,ff c = 1),
DA = f DAf c,dA + dΩ × A = f (dA + dΩ × A) f c,
(df Af c + f dAf c + f Adf c) + dΩ × A = f dAf c + f (dΩ × A) f c,
dΩ × A = f (dΩ × A) f c − df f c (f Af c) − (f Af c) f df c
= f dΩf c × A − df f cA + Adf f c
= (f dΩf c − 2df f c) × A;
hence
dΩ = f dΩf c − 2df f c,
dΩ = f cdΩf − 2f cdf.
S2-4
X = rX rc,
r = cos θ
2 + k sin
θ
2, dΩ
dt = 2rc
dr
dt = k
dθ
dt.
Polar coordinates:
X = xi + yj, X = ρi,
V = DX
dt =
dX
dt +
dΩ
dt × X =
dρ
dti + ρ
dθ
dt j;
γ = DV
dt =
dV
dt +
dΩ
dt × V
=
d2ρ
dt2 − ρ
dθ
dt
2
i + j
2ρ
dρ
dt
dθ
dt + ρ
d2θ
dt2
.
Cylindrical coordinates:
X = xi + yj + zk, X = ρi + zk,
V = DX
dt =
dX
dt +
dΩ
dt × X =
dρ
dti + ρ
dθ
dt j + k
dz
dt;
γ = DV
dt =
dV
dt +
dΩ
dt × V
=
d2ρ
dt2 − ρ
dθ
dt2
i +
1
ρ
d
dt ρ2
dθ
dt j +
d2z
dt2 k.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 141/176
140 Appendix A. Solutions
S2-5 The moving frame (ρ,θ,ϕ) is obtained with the following three rotations:
r1 = cos π
4 − j sin
π
4 (rotation of −π
2 around Oy),
r2 = cos θ2 − i sin θ
2 (rotation of −θ around Ox),
r3 = cos 2ϕ− π
4 + k sin
2ϕ− π
4 (rotation of −(π
2 − ϕ) around Oz);
r = r3r2r1
= 1
2
cos
θ + ϕ
2 + sin
θ + ϕ
2
+ 1
√ 2 i sin 2ϕ − 2θ − π
4 − j cos
2θ − 2ϕ + π
4 + k sin
2ϕ + 2θ − π
4 ;
dΩ = 2rcdr = idϕ cos θ − jdϕ sin θ + kdθ,
dΩ = 2drrc = −idθ sin ϕ + jdθ cos ϕ + kdϕ;
e1 = rirc = i sin θ cos ϕ + j sin θ sin ϕ + k cos θ,
e2 = rjrc = i cos θ cos ϕ + j cos θ sin ϕ − k sin θ,
e3 = rkrc = −i sin ϕ + j cos ϕ;
V = DX
dt =
dX
dt +
dΩ
dt × X = i
dρ
dti + jρ
dθ
dt + kρ
dϕ
dt sin θ,
γ = DV
dt =
dV
dt +
dΩ
dt × V
= i
d2ρ
dt2 − ρ
dθ
dt
2
+
dϕ
dt
2
sin2 θ
+ j
1
ρ
d
dt
ρ2
dθ
dt
− ρ sin θ cos θ
dϕ
dt
2
+ k
1
ρ sin θ
d
dt
ρ2 sin2 θ
dϕ
dt
.
S2-6
r1 = cos α
2 + k sin
α
2 (1st rotation),
r2 = cos β
2 + sin
β
2r1ir1c = r1
cos
β
2 + i sin
β
2
r1c (2nd rotation),
r3 = cos γ
2
+ sin γ
2
(r2kr2c) (3rd rotation);
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 142/176
141
r = r3r2r1
= r2
cos
γ
2 + k sin
γ
2r2cr2r1
= r1
cos β 2
+ i sin β 2
r1c
cos γ
2 + k sin γ
2
r1
=
cos α
2 + k sin
α
2
cos
β
2 + i sin
β
2
cos
γ
2 + k sin
γ
2
because
r1c
cos
γ
2 + k sin
γ
2
r1 =
cos
γ
2 + k sin
γ
2
;
finally
r = cos
β
2 cos
α + γ
2 + i sin
β
2 cos
α
−γ
2 + j sin
β
2 sin
α
−γ
2 + cos
β
2 sin
α + γ
2 ,
ω = 2rcdr
dt = i
dβ
dt cos γ +
dα
dt sin β sin γ
+ j
−dβ
dt sin γ +
dα
dt sin β cos γ
+ k
dγ
dt +
dα
dt cos β
;
ω = 2dr
dtrc = i
dβ
dt cos α +
dγ
dt sin α sin β
+ j
dβ
dt sin α − dγ
dt cos α sin β
+ k
dα
dt +
dγ
dt cos β
.
Chapter 3
S3-1a0 + ia3 = 1, a0 − ia3 = 0,
−ia1 + a2 = 0, −ia1 − a2 = 0,
hence, a0 = 1
2, a3 = −i
2 , a2 = 0 = a1, or
e1 = 1
2 (1 − ik) ; e21 = e1;
similarly
e2 = 1
2 (1 + ik) ; e22 = e2.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 143/176
142 Appendix A. Solutions
a = (a0 + ia0, a1 + ia1, a2 + ia2, a3 + ia3) ,
u = ae1 =
1
2
a0 + ia3 + ia0 − a3,a1−
ia2 + ia1 + a2,
a1 − ia2 + ia1 + a2,−ia0 + a3 + a0 + ia3
,
v = e1a = 1
2
a0 + ia3 + ia0 − a3,a1 + ia2 + ia1 − a2,
−ia1 + a2 + a1 + ia2,−ia0 + a3 + a0 + ia3
.
S3-2
x + y = 3 + ii + (2 + i) j + (1 + 3i) k,
xy = (2 − 3i) + (−3 + 8i) i + (7 + 2i) j + (2 + 3i) k,
yx = (2 − 3i) + (3 − 4i) i + (1 + 2i) j + (2 + 3i) k,
x2 = (−2 − 4i) + 2ii + (4 + 2i) j + 2k, y2 = 13 + 12 ik,
xxc = 4 + 4i, yyc = −5,
x−1 = xc
xxc=
1
8 (1 − i,−1− i,−3 + i,−1 + i) ,
y−1 = 15
(−2 + 3ik) ,
y−1x−1 = 1
40 (1 + 5i, 5 + 11i, 9− 5i, 5 + i) = (xy)
−1.
S3-3
r1 = ±a + a∗
|1 + d| = ±1
2
1 +
√ 3k
,
b1 = ± 1 + d
|1 + d
| = ±1
2 3 + ii√
5 ,
d = aa∗c = 1
2
7 + 3ii
√ 5
,
r2 = ± a + a∗
|1 + d| = ±1
2
1 +
√ 3k
,
b2 = ± 1 + d
|1 + d| = ±1
4
6− i
√ 5 − i j
√ 15
,
d = a∗ca = 1
414
−3ii
√ 5i
−3i j
√ 15 .
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 144/176
143
S3-4
x · y = 1
2 (xyc + yxc) = 2,
B = x ∧ y = 1
2 (xyc − yxc) = (1 + 2i) i + (−1 + 2i) j − ik,
B = z ∧ w = (1 − 9i) i − 3i j + (−3− 3i) k,
F = y ∧ z = −i − 2i j + 3ik,
T = x ∧ (y ∧ z) = 1
2 (xF ∗ + F x) = i + 2i− 3 j − 2k,
T = (x ∧ y) ∧ z = z ∧ (x ∧ y) = i + 2i − 3 j − 2k,
B · z = −z · B = −1
2 (zB∗ − Bz) = 2 + 6ii + 6i j − 2ik ∈ V,
w · T = 1
2 (wT ∗ + T wc) = (3 + i) i + (1 + 8i) j + (1− 11i) k ∈ B,
B · B = S
BB + BB
2
= −22,
B ∧ B = P
BB + BB2
= i,
B · T = BT + T B∗
2 = −5− 6ii + i j − 10 ik ∈ V.
S3-5
X = ct + xii + yi j + zik,
X = ct + xii + yi j + zik,
b =
cosh ϕ
2, i sinh
ϕ
2, 0, 0
,
γ = 1
1 − v2c2= cosh ϕ =
7
2,
cosh2 ϕ
2 =
cosh ϕ + 1
2 , sinh2 ϕ
2 =
cosh ϕ − 1
2 ,
cosh ϕ
2 =
3
2, sinh
ϕ
2 =
√ 5
2 , b =
3
2, i√
5
2 , 0, 0 ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 145/176
144 Appendix A. Solutions
γ = 1
1− v2c2
= cosh ϕ =
7
6, sinh ϕ =
1
6,
X = (0, i, i, 0),
V =
7
6, 0, i
1
6, 0
,
X = bX b∗c , V = bV b∗c,
V =
7
2 7
6, i
1
2 105
2 , i
1
6, 0
,
F = −B + iE
c =
0, i
E xc
, iE y
c , i
E zc
,
F = bF bc
E x = E x, E y = 7
2E y, E z =
7
2E z ,
Bx = 0, By = −3√
5
2c E z, Bz =
3√
5
2c E y,
F =
0,−B+ iE
c
.
S3-6
A (0, i,−i, 0) , B (0, i, i, 0) , C (0,−i,−i, 0) , D (0,−i,−i, 0) ,
A
0, i
3,− i
3,−2i
3
, B
0,
i
3, i
3,−2i
3
,
C
0,− i
3, i
3,−2i
3
, D
0,− i
3,− i
3,−2i
3
.
Chapter 4
S4-1
Ac = −I − 2J + iK, Bc = − j − kI − 2kK,
A + B = j + I + 2J − iK + kI + 2kK,
A − B = I + 2J − iK − j − kI − 2kK,
AAc = 4
, BBc = −4
,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 146/176
145
A−1 = Ac
AAc=
1
4 (−I − 2J + iK ) , , B−1 =
1
4 ( j + kI + 2kK ) ,
AB = −2 j − k + jI + 3 jJ + 4kI − 2kJ − 3kK,BA = −2 j − k + jI + 3 jJ − 4kI + 2kJ + 3kK,
(AB)c = 2 j − k + jI + 3 jJ − 4kI + 2kJ + 3kK,
(BA)c = −2 j − k + jI + 3 jJ + 4kI − 2kJ − 3kK,
(AB) (AB)c = (AB)c (AB) = −16, (BA) (BA)c = −16,
(AB)−1
= (AB)
c(AB) (AB)c
= 1
16 (−2 j + k − jI + 4kI − 3 jJ − 2kJ − 3kK ) = B−1A−1
(BA)−1
= 1
16 (2 j + k − jI − 4kJ − 3 jJ + 2kJ + 3kK ) ,
[A, B] = 1
2 (AB − BA) = −2 j + 4kI − 2kJ − 3kK.
S4-2
x · y = −12
(xy + yx) = 2,
B = x ∧ y = −1
2 (xy − yx) = I − J + 2iI + 2iJ − iK,
B = z ∧ w = I − 3K − 9iI − 3iJ − 3iK,
F = y ∧ z = −I − 2iJ + 3iK,
T = x ∧ (y ∧ z) = x ∧ F =
1
2 (xF + F x)= k + 2 jI − 3 jJ − 2 jK,
T = (x ∧ y) ∧ z = z ∧ (x ∧ y) = 1
2 (zB + Bz) = T
= k + 2 jI − 3 jJ − 2 jK,
B · z = −z · B = −1
2 (zB − Bz ) = 2 j + 6kI + −6kJ − 2kK,
w·
T =−
1
2 (wT + T w) = 3I + J + K + iI + 8iJ
−11 iK,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 147/176
146 Appendix A. Solutions
B · B = S
1
2 (BB + BB)
= −22,
B∧
B = P S 1
2 (BB + BB) = i,
B · T = 1
2 (BT + T B) = −5 j − 6kI + kJ − 10 kK.
S4-3
S 1 = −1
2 (xy − yx) = 3I − J − 5K,
S 2 = −1
2 (zw − wz) = 9I − 3J − 3K,
V = S 1 ∧ z = z ∧ S 1 = 12
(zS 1 + S 1z) = 10 k,
S 1 ∧ S 2 = 0,
w = w + w⊥,
w = (w · S 1) S −11 = S −1
1 (S 1 · w) = 169
50 kI − 21
25kJ +
27
10kK,
w⊥ = (w ∧ S 1) S −11 = S −1
1 (S 1 ∧ w) = −69
50kI +
46
25kJ +
23
10kK,
S 1 = S 1 + S 1⊥,
S 1 = (S 1.S 2) S −12 = −54
11I − 18
11J − 18
11K,
S 1⊥ =
(S 1 ∧ S 2) + [S 1, S 2]
S −12 = −21
11I − 26
11J − 37
11K.
Chapter 5
S5-1
γ = 1 1 − v2c2
= cosh ϕ = 32√
2,
cosh2 ϕ
2 =
cosh ϕ + 1
2 , sinh2
ϕ
2 =
cosh ϕ − 1
2 ,
cosh ϕ
2 =
1
2
3√
2+ 2 = α, sinh
ϕ
2 =
1
2
3√
2− 2 = β,
b = 1
2 3√
2
+ 2 + iI 3√
2
− 2 ,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 148/176
147
r = cos θ
2 + I sin
θ
2 = cos
π
8 + I sin
π
8,
a = rb = α cos π
8 −β sin
π
8i + α sin
π
8 + α sin
π
8I + β cos
π
8iI,
X = aX ac,X = ctj + kI x + kJ y + kKz,
X = ct j + kI x + kJ y + kK z.
S5-2
b1 = 1
2 3
√ 2+ 2 + iI 3
√ 2 −2 ,
b2 = 1
2
3√
2+ 2 + iJ
3√
2− 2
,
a = b2b1 = 1
4
2 +
3√ 2
+
1√ 2
iI + 1√
2iJ +
−2 +
3√ 2
K
,
a = br,
b = ± 1 + d√ 2 + d + dc
, d = aac = 9
8 +
1
2√
2iI +
3
8iJ,
b = ±√
17
4 +
1√ 34
iI + 3
4√
17iJ
,
r = ± a + a√ 2 + d + dc
= ±
2 + 3√
2
1√
17+
−2 +
3√ 2
1√
17K
,
cos θ
2 =
2 +
3√ 2
1√
17, θ = 3, 37,
cosh ϕ
2 =
√ 17
4 , sinh
ϕ
2 =
1
4, ϕ = 0, 494,
b = ±√
17
4 +
1
4√
344iI +
3√ 17
iJ
,
direction u 1
√ 34
4, 3
√ 17
, 0 , tanh ϕ = 0, 4581 = v
c
.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 149/176
148 Appendix A. Solutions
S5-3
xA = (0, 0, 0) , xB = −1
2
, 0,
−1
2 ,
xC =−3
7, 1
7,−2
7
, xD =
−1
3, 1
6,−1
6
,
xE =−4
9, 1
9,−1
9
, xF =
−1
2, 0, 0
,
xG =
−3
5, 0,−1
5
, xH =
−1
2,
1
10,−1
5
.
S5-4
AB =
1 − k −1 + k
−1 + k −1 + k
, BA =
0 j
i 0
,
A−1 = 1
2
1 −k
− j −i
, B−1 =
1
2
1 −i
−k − j
,
(AB)−1
= 1
4
1 + k −1− k
−1− k −1− k
, (BA)
−1=
1
2
0 −i
− j 0
.
There is no inverse of C .
Chapter 6
S6-1 Velocity of B in the reference frame at rest
vx = −v, vy = 0, vz = 0
velocity of B with respect to A
vx = vx − w
1− vxwc2= −0, 975 c, w = v = 0, 8 c,
vy = 0, vz = 0;
The relative velocity remains smaller than c
.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 150/176
149
S6-2
L =
X i ∧ P i =
(ri × pi) + i
ri
E i
c − ctpi
= const.
hence
(ri × pi) = C1 ,
riE i
c − ctpi
= C2,
R =
E iri
E i,
E iri
E i− tc2
piE i
= C3,
R = C3
+vt, v
= c2pi
E i = C4.
S6-3 In the proper frame (instantaneous, Galilean), the four-acceleration is
A = kIg
with the invariant
AAc = −g2;
In the frame at rest K , the four-velocity and the four-acceleration are respectively
u = c ( j cos hϕ + kI sinh ϕ) , tanh ϕ = vc
,
A = cdϕ
dτ ( j sinh ϕ + kI cosh ϕ) , τ : proper time
with
AAc = −g2 = c2
dϕ
dτ
2 sinh2 ϕ − cosh2 ϕ
=
−c2dϕ
dτ 2
hencedϕ
dτ =
g
c, ϕ =
gτ
c
and
u = c
j cos hgτ
c + kI sinh
gτ
c
=
dX
dτ ,
X = c2
g j sin hgτ
c + kI cosh
gτ
c = j ct + kI x;
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 151/176
150 Appendix A. Solutions
finally, one has
t = c
g sinh ϕ, x =
c2
g (cosh ϕ− 1)
and x +
c2
g
2
− (ct)2
= c4
g2.
For ϕ 1
t c
gϕ = τ , x =
c2
g
ϕ2
2 =
1
2gτ 2 =
1
2gt2.
Chapter 7
S7-1
A = bAbc
b = cosh ϕ
2 + iI sinh
ϕ
2, tanh ϕ =
v
c
,
A = jV
c + kA = j
V
c
A = 0, V =
q
4πε0r
,
A = jV
c + kA,
r =
x2 + y2 + z2
1/2
, x = γ (x − vt) , y = y, z = z,
V = γ V = q 4πε0
1(x − vt)
2+ y
2+z2
γ 2
1/2 , A = γ vc2
V = vc2
V,
(potentials of Lienard and Wiechert of an electric charge in rectilinear motion).
F = −B + E
c , F = −B +
E
c ,
B = 0, E = q
4πε0
r
r3,
F = bF bc,
Bx = 0,
By = − q
4πε0
γvz
cr3 = −γE z
v
c = −E z
v
c,
Bz = q
4πε0
γvy
cr3 = γ E y
v
c = E y
v
c,
E x = E x = q
4πε0
x
r3
, E y = γ E y, E z = γ E z,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 152/176
151
x = γ (x − vt) , y = y, z = z,
E x = q
4πε0
(x−
vt)
γ 2r∗3/2 , r∗ =
(x− vt)2
+ y2 + z2
γ 21/2
,
E y = q
4πε0
y
γ 2r∗3/2,
E z = q
4πε0
z
γ 2r∗3/2.
S7-2
F = −B + E
c ,
B = 0, E = λ0
2πε0
n
r,
E 2 = λ0
2πε0r, E 1 = E 3 = 0,
F = bF bc,
b = cosh ϕ
2 + iI sinh
ϕ
2, tanh ϕ =
v
c,
B3 =
λ0
2πε0r
γv
c2 =
µ0λv
2πr =
µ0i
2πr ,
E 3 = λ0γ
2πε0r =
λ
2πε0r,
in K ; the linear density of mobile charges is λK = γλ0 = λ (by hypothesis,λK − λ = 0) and i = λv (r = r ). At the point M in K , the total electric field isnil
ET = 0, BT = µ0i
2πrez.
In K ,
f = q v ×B,
f (M ) = −qvBey;
in the proper frame, the electromagnetic field is
F = −B + E
c = bcF T b
with
F T =−B, B =
µ0i
2πrez,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 153/176
152 Appendix A. Solutions
hence
B= µ0i
2πrγ ez,
E= − µ0i
2πrγvey;
the particle being at rest in the proper frame,
f = qE = − qµ0i
2πr γ ve = γ f .
S7-3
F = bcF b, b = cosh ϕ
2 +
iI √ 2
sinh ϕ
2 +
iJ √ 2
sinh ϕ
2 ,
tanh ϕ = v
c =
1
2, cosh ϕ = γ =
1 1 − v2c2
= 2√
3,
cosh2 ϕ
2 =
cosh ϕ + 1
2 =
2√ 3
+ 1
2 , sinh2
ϕ
2 =
cosh ϕ − 1
2 =
2√ 3 − 1
2 ,
cosh ϕ
2 =
2√ 3
+ 1
2 , sinh
ϕ
2 =
2√ 3 − 1
2 ,
B1 = 1
2 + 1√
3, E 1 = 1 − 2√
3,
B2 =
1
2 − 1√
3, E 2 = 1 +
2√ 3
,
B3 = −1
c
2
3, E 1 = − c√
6.
S7-4
∇F = 0,
i∇F = −∇ (iF ) = 0,
∇F ∗ = 0.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 154/176
Appendix B
Formulary: multivector productswithin H(C)
Let x, y be four-vectors, B, B bivectors, T, T trivectors and P, P pseudoscalars
x = x0 + ix1 + ix2 + ix3,
y = y0 + iy1 + iy2 + iy3,
B = a + ib, B = a + ib,
(a = a1i + a2 j + a3k, b = b1i + b2 j + b3k),
T = it0
+ t, T = it0
+ t(t = t1
i + t2
j + t3
k),P = is0, P = is0.
S [A], P [A] designate respectively the scalar and pseudoscalar parts of thecomplex quaternion A. For any two arbitrary boldface quantities (x,y,a,b, t) thefollowing abridged notation is used:
x · y = x1y1 + x2y2 + x3y3,
x× y = (x2y3 − x3y2)i + (x3y1 − x1y3) j + (x1y2 − x2y1)k.
Products with four-vectors
x · y = 1
2 (xyc + yxc) ∈ S
= x0y0 − x1y1 − x2y2 − x3y3
= y
·x,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 155/176
154 Appendix B. Formulary: multivector products within H(C)
x ∧ y = 1
2 (xyc − yxc) ∈ B
= x × y + i y0x− x0y= −y ∧ x.
Products with bivectors
x · B = 1
2 (xB∗ − Bx) ∈ V
= −x · b + i
−x0b + x× a
≡ −B · x,
x ∧B = 1
2 (xB∗ + Bx) ∈ T
= −ix · a+
x0a + x× b
≡ B ∧ x.
B · B = S
1
2 (BB + BB)
=−a
·a + b
·b
≡ B · B,
B ∧ B = P
1
2 (BB + BB)
= −i (b · a + a · b)≡ B ∧ B.
Products with trivectors
x · T = 1
2 (xT ∗ + T xc) ∈ B
= x0t + t0x + i (x× t)
≡ T · x
x ∧ T = 1
2 (xT ∗ − T xc) ∈ P
= i
−x0t0 − x · t
≡ −T
∧x,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 156/176
B.0. Formulaire: produits multivectoriels dans H(C) 155
B · T = −1
2 (BT + T B∗) ∈ V
= (a · t) − i t0a + b× t≡ T · B,
T · T = 1
2 (T T ∗ + T T ∗) ∈ S
= t0t0 − t · t≡ T · T.
Products with pseudoscalars
x · P = 12
(xP ∗ − P x) ∈ T
= −is0x0 + s0x
≡ −P · x,
B · P = 1
2 (BP + P B) ∈ B
= −s0b + is0a
≡P ·
B,
T · P = −1
2 (T P ∗ − P T ) ∈ V
= −s0t0 + is0t
≡ −P · T,
P.P = S 1
2 (P P + P P ) ∈ S
= −s0s0
≡ P · P.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 157/176
Appendix C
Formulary: multivector products
within H⊗H (overR)
Let x, y be four-vectors, B, B bivectors, T, T trivectors and P, P pseudoscalars
x = j x0
+ kx (x = x1
I + x2
J + x3
K ),y = j y0 + ky,
B = a + ib, B = a + ib,
(a = a1I + a2J + a3K, b = b1I + b2J + b3K ),
T = kt0 + jt, T = kt0 + jt (t = t1I + t2J + t3K ),
P = is0, P = is0.
S [A], P [A] designate respectively the scalar and pseudoscalar parts of theClifford number A. For any two arbitrary boldface quantities (x,y, a,b, t) thefollowing abridged notation is used:
x · y = x1y1 + x2y2 + x3y3,
x
×y = (x2y3
−x3y2)I + (x3y1
−x1y3)J + (x1y2
−x2y1)K.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 158/176
158 Appendix C. Formulary: multivector products within H⊗H (over R)
Products with four-vectors
x · y = −1
2 (xy + yx) ∈ S
= x0y0 − x1y1 − x2y2 − x3y3
= y · x,
x ∧ y = −1
2 (xy − yx) ∈ B
= x × y + i
y0x− x0y
=−
y∧
x.
Products with bivectors
x · B = 1
2 (xB − Bx) ∈ V
= − jx · b + k−x0b + x× a
= −B · x,
x ∧ B = 1
2 (xB + Bx) ∈ T
= −kx · a+ j
x0a + x× b
≡ B ∧ x.
B · B = S
1
2 (BB + BB)
= −a · a + b · b= B · B,
B ∧ B = P
1
2 (BB + BB)
= −i (b · a + a · b)
≡B
∧B.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 159/176
159
Products with trivectors
x · T = −12
(xT + T x) ∈ B
= x0t + t0x + i (x× t)
≡ T · x,
x ∧ T = −1
2 (xT − T x) ∈ P
= i−x0t0 − x · t
≡ −T ∧ x,
B · T = 1
2 (BT + T B) ∈ V
= j (a · t) − k
t0a + b× t
≡ T · B,
T · T = −1
2 (T T + T T ) ∈ S
= t0t0 − t · t≡ T · T.
Products with pseudoscalars
x · P = 1
2 (xP − P x) ∈ T
= −ks0x0 + js0x
≡ −P · x,
B · P = 12
(BP + P B) ∈ B
= −s0b + is0a
≡ P · B,
T · P = 1
2 (T P − P T ) ∈ V
= − js0t0 + ks0t
≡ −P
·T,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 160/176
160 Appendix C. Formulary: multivector products within H⊗H (over R)
P · P = S
1
2 (P P + P P )
∈ S
=
−s0s0
≡ P · P.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 161/176
Appendix D
Formulary: four-nabla operator ∇within H⊗H (overR)
Four-nabla operator:
∇ = j ∂
c∂t − kI
∂
∂x − kJ
∂
∂y − kK
∂
∂z,
D’Alembertian operator:
= ∂ 2
c2∂t2 − ∂ 2
∂x2 − ∂ 2
∂y2 − ∂ 2
∂z
(four-vectors
A = j A0 + kI A1 + kJ A2 + kK A3, B = j B0 + kI B1 + kJ B2 + kK B3;
scalars : p, q ). Then:∇∧ (∇∧ A) = 0,
∇ ∧ (∇ p) = (∇ ∧∇) p = 0,
∇ (∇ p) = (∇ · ∇) p = p,
∇ · (∇∧ A) = A−∇ (∇ · A) ,
(∇ p) = ∇ ( p) ,
(∇ · A) = ∇ · (A) ,
(∇∧ A) = ∇ ∧ (A) ,
∇ ( pq ) = p∇q + q ∇ p,
( pq ) = p q + q p + 2 (∇ p) · (∇q ) ,
∇ · ( pA
) = p
(∇ ·A
) + A· (∇
p)
,
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 162/176
162 Appendix D. Formulary: four-nabla operator ∇ within H⊗H (over R)
∇ · (∇∧ pA) = pA−∇ (∇ · pA) ,
∇∧ pA = p (∇ ∧A) + (∇ p) ∧ A,
(A + B) = A +B,∇ · (A + B) = ∇ · A + ∇ · B,
∇ ∧ (A + B) = ∇∧ A + ∇∧ B,
( p + q ) = p + q,
∇ ( p + q ) = ∇ p +∇q,
∇ ∧ (A ∧B) = B ∧ (∇∧ A) − A∧ (∇ ∧ B) ,
∇ · (A ∧B) = (∇ · A) B + (A · ∇) B − (∇ · B) A − (B · ∇) A,
∇ (A · B) = −A · (∇∧ B) + (A · ∇) B − B · (∇∧ A) + (B · ∇) A.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 163/176
Appendix E
Work-sheet: H(C) (Mathematica)
<<Algebra Quaternions`
(*example x = x0+x1i+x2 j +x3k = [x0, x1, x2, x3], xi ∈ C, I : usual compleximaginary*)
x=Quaternion[1,I,2+I,1]
y=Quaternion[2,0,0,3I]
x**y
(*the two stars indicate a quaternion product; place the pointer at the endof the last program line and click “Enter” on the numerical pad; result*)
out=Quaternion[2-3I,-3+8I,7+2I,2+3I]
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 164/176
Appendix F
Work-sheet H⊗H over R(Mathematica)
<<Algebra Quaternions`
(*product of two Clifford numbers, a = a1 + a2I + a3J + a4K, b = b1 + b2I +b3J + b4K, ai, bi ∈ H*)
CP[a_,b_]:=
(a[[1]]**b[[1]])-(a[[2]]**b[[2]])
-(a[[3]]**b[[3]])-(a[[4]]**b[[4]]),
(a[[2]]**b[[1]])+(a[[1]]**b[[2]])
-(a[[4]]**b[[3]])+(a[[3]]**b[[4]]),
(a[[3]]**b[[1]])+(a[[4]]**b[[2]])
+(a[[1]]**b[[3]])-(a[[2]]**b[[4]]),
(a[[4]]**b[[1]])-(a[[3]]**b[[2]])
+(a[[2]]**b[[3]])+(a[[1]]**b[[4]])
(*conjugate*)
K[a_]:=Quaternion[a[[1,1]],a[[1,2]],-a[[1,3]],a[[1,4]]],
Quaternion[-a[[2,1]],-a[[2,2]],a[[2,3]],-a[[2,4]]],
Quaternion[-a[[3,1]],-a[[3,2]],a[[3,3]],-a[[3,4]]],
Quaternion[-a[[4,1]],-a[[4,2]],a[[4,3]],-a[[4,4]]]
(*sum and difference*)
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 165/176
166 Appendix F. Work-sheet H⊗H over R ( Mathematica )
csum[a_,b_]:=a[[1]]+b[[1]],
a[[2]]+b[[2]],a[[3]]+b[[3]],a[[4]]+b[[4]]
cdif[a_,b_]:=a[[1]]-b[[1]],
a[[2]]-b[[2]],a[[3]]-b[[3]],a[[4]]-b[[4]]
(*multiplication by a scalar f *)
fclif[f_,a_]:=f*a[[1]],f*a[[2]],f*a[[3]],f*a[[4]]
(*products ab+ba2
, ab−ba2
*)
int[a_,b_]:=fclif[1/2,csum[CP[a,b],CP[b,a]]]
ext[a_,b_]:=fclif[1/2,cdif[CP[a,b],CP[b,a]]]
(*products −ab+ba2
, −ab−ba2
*)
mint[a_,b_]:=fclif[-1/2,csum[CP[a,b],CP[b,a]]]
mext[a_,b_]:=fclif[-1/2,cdif[CP[a,b],CP[b,a]]]
(*example A = I + 2J − iK , B = j + kI + 2kK , product w = AB*)
A:=Quaternion[0,0,0,0],Quaternion[1,0,0,0],
Quaternion[2,0,0,0],Quaternion[0,-1,0,0]
B:=Quaternion[0,0,1,0],Quaternion[0,0,0,1],
Quaternion[0,0,0,0],Quaternion[0,0,0,2]
w=CP[A,B]
Simplify[%]
(*result w = AB = −2 j − k + jI + 4kI + 3 jJ − 2kJ − 3kK ; the function“Simplify” simplifies numerically or algebraically the result of the line above*)
Out=Quaternion[0,0,-2,-1],Quaternion[0,0,1,4],
Quaternion[0,0,3,-2],Quaternion[0,0,0,-3]
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 166/176
Appendix G
Work-sheet: matrices M 2(H)(Mathematica)
<<Algebra Quaternions`
(*product of two matrices 2 ∗ 2 over H ,
a =
a1 a2a3 a4
, b =
b1 b2b3 b4
, ai, bi ∈ H*)
CP[a_,b_]:=(a[[1]]**b[[1]])+(a[[2]]**b[[3]]),
(a[[1]]**b[[2]])+(a[[2]]**b[[4]]),
(a[[3]]**b[[1]])+(a[[4]]**b[[3]]),
(a[[3]]**b[[2]])+(a[[4]]**b[[4]])
(*example
A = 1 j
k i , B = 1 k
i j *)
A:=Quaternion[1,0,0,0],Quaternion[0,0,1,0],
Quaternion[0,0,0,1],Quaternion[0,1,0,0]
B:=Quaternion[1,0,0,0],Quaternion[0,0,0,1],
Quaternion[0,1,0,0],Quaternion[0,0,1,0]
CP[A,B]
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 167/176
168 Appendix G. Work-sheet: matrices M 2(H) ( Mathematica )
(*result
AB =
1− k −1 + k−1 + k −1 + k
*)
Out=Quaternion[1,0,0,-1],Quaternion[-1,0,0,1],
Quaternion[-1,0,0,1],Quaternion[-1,0,0,1]
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 168/176
Appendix H
Clifford algebras: isomorphisms
General formulas ([18], p. 48)M n(R), M n(C), M n(H): square matrices of order n over R, C, H;
M n(R) ⊗ M p(R) M np(R),
M p(C) M p(R) ⊗ C,
M p(H) M p(R) ⊗H.
Clifford algebra H
H = M 1(H) = M 1(R) ⊗H,C + = C.
Clifford algebra H⊗H
H⊗H M 4(R),C + = H⊗ C M 2(C)
Clifford algebra H⊗H⊗H
H⊗H⊗H M 4(R) ⊗H M 4(H),C + H⊗H⊗ C M 4(R) ⊗ C M 4(C), H⊗ M 2(C) M 2 [H (C)] (Dirac algebra).
Clifford algebra H⊗H⊗H⊗H
H⊗H⊗H⊗H M 4(R) ⊗ M 4(R) M 16(R),C + H⊗H⊗H⊗ C M 4(R) ⊗H⊗ C M 4 [H (C)],
M 4(R) ⊗ M 2(C) M 8 (C).
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 169/176
Appendix I
Clifford algebras: synoptic table
H (R)
real quaternionsclassical vector calculus
rotation group SO(3)classical mechanics
H (C)
complex quaternionsLorentz group
special relativityclassical electromagnetism
H⊗H(R)
real Clifford numbersrelativistic multivector calculus
Lorentz groupclassical electromagnetism
special relativitygeneral relativity
H⊗H(C)
complex Clifford numbersDirac algebra
unitary group SU(4) and symplectic unitary group USp(2,H)relativistic quantum mechanics
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 170/176
Bibliography
[1] S. L. Adler, Quaternionic Quantum Mechanics and Quantum Fields , Ox-ford University Press, New York, Oxford, 1995.
[2] S. L. Altmann, Rotations, Quaternions, and Double Groups , ClarendonPress, Oxford, 1986.
[3] J. Bass, Cours de Mathematiques , Vol. I, Masson et Cie, Editeurs, Paris,1964.
[4] J. Bateman, The Transformations of the Electrodynamical Equations, Pro-ceedings of the London Mathematical Society , Second Series, 8 (1910), 223–264.
[5] W. Baylis, ed., Clifford (Geometric) Algebras with applications to physics,mathematics, and engineering, Birkhauser, Boston, 1996.
[6] W. E. Baylis, Electrodynamics: A Modern Geometric Approach , Birkhauser,Boston, 1999.
[7] R. Becker, F. Sauter, Theorie der Elektrizit¨ at , Vol. 1, B. G. Teubner,Stuttgart, 1973.
[8] A. Blanchard, Les corps non commutatifs , Presses Universitaires de France,Collection SUP, 1972.
[9] L. Brand, Vector and Tensor Analysis , Wiley, New York, 1947, p. 412.
[10] E. Cartan
, Les Systemes differentiels exterieurs et leurs applications geometriques , Hermann, Paris, 1971.
[11] E. Cartan, Lecons sur la Theorie des Spineurs , Actualites Scientifiques etIndustrielles, n 643, Hermann, Paris, 1937; I, pp. 12–13.
[12] G. Casanova, L’Algebre vectorielle , PUF, Paris, 1976.
[13] W. K. Clifford, Applications of Grassmann’s extensive algebra, Amer. J.Math., 1 (1878), 350–358.
[14] W. K. Clifford, Mathematical Papers , ed. R.Tucker (1882; reprinted 1968,
Chelsea, New York), pp. 266–276.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 171/176
174 Bibliography
[15] A. W. Conway, Quaternions and Quantum Mechanics, Pont. Acad. Sci.Acta , 12 (1948), 259.
[16] A. W. Conway, Selected Papers , ed. J. McConnell, Dublin Institute for
Advanced Studies, Dublin, 1953, pp. 206–208.
[17] M. J. Crowe, A History of Vector Analysis: The Evolution of the Idea of a Vectorial System , University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, London, 1967.
[18] A. Crumeyrolle, Orthogonal and Symplectic Clifford Algebras: Spinor Structures , Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston, London 1990.
[19] C. Doran, A. Lasenby, Geometric Algebra for Physicists , Cambridge Uni-versity Press, Cambridge, 2003.
[20] L. Dorst, C. Doran and J. Lasenby, Editors, Applications of Geometric
Algebra in Computer Science and Engineering , Birkhauser, Boston, 2002.[21] P. R. Girard, Quaternions, algebre de Clifford et physique relativiste ,
Presses Polytechniques et Universitaires Romandes, Lausanne, 2004.
[22] P. R. Girard, Quaternions, Clifford Algebra and Symmetry Groups,published in Applications of Geometric Algebra in Computer Science and Engineering , L. Dorst, C. Doran and J. Lasenby, editors, Birkhauser,Boston, 2002, pp. 307–315.
[23] P. R. Girard, Einstein’s equations and Clifford algebra, Advances in Applied Clifford Algebras , 9, 2 (1999), 225–230.
[24] P. R. Girard, The quaternion group and modern physics, Eur. J. Phys., 5(1984), pp. 25–32.
[25] P. R. Girard, The Conceptual Development of Einstein’s General Theory of Relativity , Ph. D. Thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, published byMicrofilms International, USA, order n 8105530, 1981.
[26] H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics , second edition, Addison-Wesley, Read-ing, Massachusetts, 1980.
[27] K. Gurlebeck, W. Sprossig, Quaternionic and Clifford Calculus for
Physicists and Engineers , John Wiley & Sons, Chichester, New York, 1997.[28] F. Gursey and H. C. Tze, Complex and quaternionic analyticity in chiral
and gauge theories, Annals of Physics , 128 (1980), 29–130.
[29] W. R. Hamilton, The Mathematical Papers , Cambridge University Press,Cambridge, 1931–67, ed. A. W. Conway for the Royal Irish Academy.
[30] W. R. Hamilton, Elements of Quaternions , 2 vols (1899–1901); reprintedChelsea, New York, 1969.
[31] T. L. Hankins, Sir William Rowan Hamilton , Johns Hopkins University
Press, Baltimore and London, 1980.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 172/176
Bibliography 175
[32] D. Hestenes, New Foundations for Classical Mechanics , 2nd edition,Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, Boston, 1999.
[33] D. Hestenes, Space-Time Algebra , Gordon and Breach, New York, 1966.
[34] R. d’Inverno, Introducing Einstein’s Relativity , Clarendon Press, Oxford,1992.
[35] B. Jancewicz, Multivectors and Clifford Algebra in Electrodynamics , WorldScientific, Singapore, New Jersey, 1988.
[36] J. B. Kuipers, Quaternions and Rotation Sequences: A Primer with Applications to Orbits, Aerospace, and Virtual Reality , Princeton UniversityPress, Princeton, New Jersey, 1999.
[37] M. Lagally, Vorlesungen ¨ uber Vektorrechnung , Akademische Verlagsge-
sellschaft, Leipzig, 1956, p. 362.
[38] P. Lounesto, Clifford Algebras and Spinors , second edition, Cambridge Uni-versity Press, Cambridge, 2001.
[39] R. Meinmne, F. Testard, Introduction a la theorie des groupes classiques ,Hermann, Paris, 1986.
[40] C. Moller, Relativit¨ atstheorie , Bibliographisches Institut, B.I.-Wissens-chaftsverlag, Wien, Zurich, 1976.
[41] I. R. Porteous, Clifford Algebras and the Classical Groups , Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, Cambridge, 1995.[42] W. Rindler, Relativity: Special, General, and Cosmological , Oxford
University Press, Oxford, 2001.
[43] J. B. Shaw, Vector Calculus with Applications to Physics , Van Nostrand,New York, 1922.
[44] J. B. Shaw, Synopsis of Linear Associative Algebra: A Report on its Natural Development and Results up to the Present Time , Carnegie Institution of Washington, D.C., 1907, pp. 73–74.
[45] L. Silberstein, The Theory of Relativity , Macmillan, London, 1914.[46] J. Snygg, Clifford Algebra , A Computational Tool for Physicists , Oxford
University Press, New York, Oxford, 1995.
[47] F. Sommen, Radon and X-ray transforms in Clifford analysis, Complex vari-ables , 11 (1989), 49–70.
[48] W. I. Stringham, Determination of the Finite Quaternion Groups,American Journal of Mathematics , 4 (1881), 345–357.
[49] J. L. Synge, Quaternions, Lorentz Transformations and the Conway-Dirac-
Eddington Matrices , Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies, Dublin, 1972.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 173/176
176 Bibliography
[50] W. Thirring, A Course in Mathematical Physics , Springer-Verlag, NewYork, Vol. 2, 1992, p. 180.
[51] L. H. Thomas, Phil. Mag., 3 (1927), 1.
[52] L. H. Thomas, Nature , 117 (1926), 514.
[53] M.-A. Tonnelat, Les Principes de la theorie electromagnetique et de la relativite , Masson et Cie, Editeurs, Paris, 1959.
[54] J. Vrbik, Dirac equation and Clifford algebra, J. Math. Phys . 35, 5 (1994),2309–2314.
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 174/176
Index
aberration, 124adjunction, 86affine connection, 127
Bianchi, 128
Binet relativistic equation, 133bivector, 44, 59, 60, 85
electromagnetic field, 50
charge density, 105Clifford algebra, 57Clifford number, 58, 59
conjugate, 59dual, 59selfadjoint, 86
Clifford theorem, 57commutator, 29, 59complex imaginary, 86conductor, 119conformal transformation, 52, 82conjugate, 9, 59
complex, 38, 86quaternionic, 86
conservation, electric charge, 111contraction, 93
covariance, 111covariant differentiation, 127curvature, 127, 128
d’Alembertian operator, 51, 111, 118De Moivre theorem, 11dielectric medium, 114dilatation, 82Dirac algebra, 85Dirac spinor, 86
direct product, 3
Doppler effect, 123dual, 28, 59
Einstein equations, 128electric charge, conservation, 106
electromagnetic field, 109bivector, 109
energy, 99energy-current density, 117energy-momentum tensor, 117equation of motion, 129exterior product, 59, 61
Fizeau experiment, 121four-acceleration, 96
proper, 97four-curl, 69four-current density, 51, 105, 110four-divergence, 69four-force , 100
density, 116volumic, 52
four-gradient, 69four-momentum, 99four-nabla operator, 107
four-potential, 50potential vector, 107, 111four-vector, 44, 59four-velocity, 48, 95
Galilean transformation, 92gauge transformation, 109Gauss theorem, generalized, 71generators, 59, 85, 88Gibbs, 9
gravitational wave, 133
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 175/176
178 Index
group, 3cyclic, 3dihedral, 4
finite, 4O(3), 22of rotations SO(4), 20orthogonal [Or](4), 20pseudo-orthogonal Or(1,3), 39SO(3), 22special orthogonal SO(1,3), 40crystallographic, 28
Hamilton, 3, 174
Hamiltonian, 32harmonic coordinates, 133hermitian norm, 86hyperplane, 19, 38, 65
dual, 66tangent, 70
hypersurface, 106
infinitesimal transformation, 28interference fringes, 121interior product, 59
inversion, 39improper antichronous, 77improper orthochronous, 77
Jacobi identity, 63
Kepler, 32kinetic energy, 100Klein four-group, 4
Laplace-Runge-Lenz vector, 32left ideal, 86longitudinal Doppler effect, 123Lorentz gauge, 50, 110, 111Lorentz transformation,
antichronous, 40general, 94infinitesimal, 80orthochronous, 40pure, 41, 79
special, 94
Lorentz, special transformation, 47
magnetic induction, 109
magnetic medium, 114magnetization density, 114Maxwell’s equations, 52, 110
covariance, 111Mercury perihelion precession, 133metric, 130Minkowski, 38
volumic four-force, 52minquat, 38
spacelike, 38
timelike, 38unitary, 38, 42momentum, 99momentum-current density, 117multivector, 46, 61, 81
calculus, 46
nonconducting medium, 120norm, 9
octaeder, 26operator, conjugate, 50operator, four-nabla, 50, 69optical path, 121, 122order of interference, 122orthogonal projection, 66
permeability, 119permittivity, 119plane, 64
symmetry, 19wave, 118tangent, 70
Poisson bracket, 32polarization density, 114, 115primitive idempotent, 86product, exterior, 44product, interior, 46proper frame, 97, 122proper time, 95
pseudoeuclidean, 38
7/21/2019 Girard P. R. - Quaternions, Clifford Algebras and Relativistic Physics(2007)(179).pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/girard-p-r-quaternions-clifford-algebras-and-relativistic-physics2007179pdf 176/176
Index 179
pseudoscalar, 46, 59, 61
quadratic form, 39
quaternion, 3algebra, 9complex, 37exponential, 14group, 7root nth, 13square root, 11unitary, 19, 42
reciprocal basis, 69, 127
Ricci tensor, 128Riemannian space, 127Rodriguez, 24rotation, 39
group [SO](3), 78proper antichronous, 77
torsion, 127transformation, improper, 39transformation, proper, 39
transversal Doppler effect, 124triple product, scalar, 16trivector, 45, 59, 60
unitary group, 87
variational principle, 128vector, 85
isotropic, 75spacelike, 75tangent, 69timelike, 75
vector calculus, classical, 64vector product, 15vector product, double, 17
wave four-vector, 97